WO2021146968A1 - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021146968A1
WO2021146968A1 PCT/CN2020/073655 CN2020073655W WO2021146968A1 WO 2021146968 A1 WO2021146968 A1 WO 2021146968A1 CN 2020073655 W CN2020073655 W CN 2020073655W WO 2021146968 A1 WO2021146968 A1 WO 2021146968A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
type
configuration
dci
nominal
value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/073655
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐修强
陈雁
吕永霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/073655 priority Critical patent/WO2021146968A1/en
Priority to CN202080086825.3A priority patent/CN114830816A/en
Publication of WO2021146968A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021146968A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/30Connection release

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the current 5G NR supports uplink transmission with two types of configuration authorization (uplink transmission with configured grant).
  • the authorization of these two types of configuration is the authorization of the first type of configuration (Type 1 configured grant, or configured grant Type 1) and the second type of authorization.
  • Configured authorization (Type 2 configured grant, or configured grant Type 2).
  • NR also supports the configuration of more than one set (for example, up to 12 sets) of authorization on the same bandwidth part.
  • the base station An index or identification (ID) will be established for each set of configured authorization, and the index or identification information will be carried in the configured authorization configuration information and sent to the terminal.
  • NR also supports the release of the configured authorization.
  • NR supports the release of authorizations for the second configuration one by one (that is, one set of authorizations for the second configuration is released each time), and it also supports the simultaneous release of multiple sets of second configurations.
  • the authorization of class configuration is to support joint release.
  • the network side device configures a release state set through RRC signaling.
  • the state set contains one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of the second type.
  • Configured authorization which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are specifically released is indicated by the downlink control information (DCI) issued by the network side device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI includes a field for indicating the status.
  • This domain is also called a release domain, and which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are released is determined by the value indicated by the release domain.
  • the DCI also needs to meet the release verification (validation) condition, and the authorization associated with the second type of configuration in this state will be released.
  • Release verification (validation) conditions include: for example, the redundancy version (RV) field in DCI is set to all 0s, the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) field is set to all 1s, and the frequency domain resource allocation (frequency domain)
  • the resource assignment (FDRA) field satisfies a preset condition.
  • the FDRA field is set to all 0s.
  • the premise of using the FDRA domain to improve the validation performance of the released DCI is that the value set in the FDRA domain in the released DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration, otherwise the terminal may not be able to follow
  • the FDRA domain judges whether the received DCI is used for activation or release.
  • a state is associated with multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration, and the resource allocation types of the authorizations for the multiple second configurations may also be different.
  • Use the FDRA domain to verify the validity of the DCI release At this time, misjudgment may occur, for example, the original DCI for other purposes is misjudged as the DCI for release, or the DCI for activation is misjudged as the DCI for release.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which can improve the verification performance of the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device and DCI from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated with at least one state.
  • the terminal device releases at least one set of authorization of the second type configuration associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes:
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the first RNTI may be, for example, a configured scheduling radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI).
  • CS-RNTI configured scheduling radio network temporary identity
  • the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be one set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among the multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device.
  • the authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned first preset condition may further include: the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0s. That is, the aforementioned first preset condition may include:
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations for the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the value of the RV field of this DCI is all 0s.
  • the aforementioned preset condition may also include that the value of the uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) field in the DCI is all 0s.
  • UL-SCH uplink shared channel
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the following two designs may exist:
  • the second preset condition when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as a set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration, the second preset condition includes:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one set of authorization for the second type of the multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal.
  • the second preset condition includes: the value of the FDRA field is not all 0 , Or, the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following describes an example in which the communication device is a network device.
  • the method includes: sending configuration information to a terminal device, and sending DCI to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set
  • the first field of the DCI indicates the first state of authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state in the release state set;
  • the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the following preset conditions:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one set of authorization for the second type of the multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal.
  • the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the following preset conditions:
  • the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the value of the FDRA field is all ones.
  • the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device.
  • the authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the preset condition may further include:
  • the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1 and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0.
  • the preset condition may further include:
  • the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments of the first aspect and the second aspect provide a way to configure the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, that is, the network device according to the first field in the DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the resource allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of the multiple sets of authorization of the second type configuration, which can ensure that the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of the DCI is invalid
  • the time it can indicate that the release of the DCI is effective, so that the network device and the terminal device can distinguish the functions of the DCI, thereby improving the performance of the release of the DCI for verification.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another way of configuring the authorized DCI for releasing the second type of configuration, that is, the aforementioned second design.
  • the second design can also be considered that the default value of the FDRA field is all 0 or all 1, which can ensure that when the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of DCI is invalid, it can indicate that the release of DCI is valid, so that network equipment and terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby Improve the performance of releasing DCI for verification.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device, and receiving DCI from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated At least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0;
  • the DCI When the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset conditions include:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration in the at least one set of second type configuration authorization is Type 0, the value of the FDRA domain is not all 0s, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA domain is not all 1s; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a second communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following describes an example in which the communication device is a network device.
  • the method includes: sending configuration information to a terminal device, and sending DCI to the terminal device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of second Class configuration authorization, the first state of the first domain of the DCI, where:
  • the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration in the at least one set of second type configuration authorization is Type 0, the value of the FDRA domain is all 0; the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA domain is all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA domain is not all 0; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
  • the foregoing embodiments of the third and fourth aspects provide yet another way to configure the authorized DCI for releasing the second type of configuration, that is, the network device can release at least one set of authorized resources of the second type of configuration to be released.
  • the allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Compared with the current authorization involving multiple sets of the second type of configuration, the network device does not know which authorization of the second type of configuration is used.
  • resource allocation type to configure the value of the FDRA field in the joint release scenario, the embodiment of this application clarifies how to configure the value of the FDRA field.
  • the network equipment and the terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of the DCI, thereby improving the performance of releasing the DCI for verification.
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the specific authorized resource allocation type configuration of the second type of configuration is specifically designated for release The value of the FDRA field in the authorized DCI of the second type of configuration.
  • the specific authorization selection method of the second type configuration is based on, for example, the minimum index or the maximum index among the authorized indexes of the multiple second type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device, or a preset rule, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • this solution provides a configuration for releasing the FDRA field in the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • Value mode that is, the network device can determine the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration to be released.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate the repetition period of a plurality of nominal repetitive resources in the time domain; and The period parameter determines the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource, and determines the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource; and sends data on the first actual repeated resource.
  • a possible application scenario allows a terminal device to repeatedly send the same data packet multiple times in a time slot.
  • the multiple nominal repetition resources allocated to the terminal device by the network device for sending the same packet multiple times are continuous in the time domain, and because a nominal repetition resource used to send a repetition may contain Because of the unusable symbols or the time slot boundary, a nominal repetitive resource will be split into multiple actual repetitive resources. Therefore, the actual number of repeated transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repetitive resources.
  • the time domain position of the actual repeated resource can be determined according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repeated resources in the time domain, so as to send data on the actual repeated resource.
  • determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource may include, but is not limited to, the following three methods:
  • the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n ⁇ L+m ⁇ p,N); where N is every The number of symbols in a time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • the ending time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
  • the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(,+1) ⁇ L-1+m ⁇ p,N,; where, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and the K s satisfies:
  • K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource
  • K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located
  • u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH
  • u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • the second determination method is to determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located according to the number m of the period, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
  • the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located is determined according to the number m of the period, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot is determined.
  • the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +n ⁇ L, N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
  • the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period in the end time slot satisfies the formula: MOD(S m +(n+1) ⁇ L-1,N ); where N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula : Mod(S+m ⁇ P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • the N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • the K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located
  • u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH
  • u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • Determination method 3 The authorization used to configure different types of configurations according to the configuration information is different, and the specifics are as follows:
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repeat resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time when the start symbol is located.
  • slot index gap sslot index satisfies:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame
  • the N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • P is the number of multiple nominal repetitive resources.
  • the size of the repetition period m is the number of the period
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • N is the number of the nominal duplicate resource.
  • This configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repeat resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time when the start symbol is located.
  • slot index gap sslot index satisfies:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • the N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources
  • m is the period number
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • the above three determination methods respectively provide ways to determine the time domain position of the actual repeated resource according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repeated resources in the time domain, so as to send data on the actual repeated resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, where:
  • the transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state Associating with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
  • the processing unit is configured to release the authorization of at least one set of configuration of the second type associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following preset conditions, and the preset conditions include:
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 0, and the frequency domain in the DCI
  • the value of the resource allocation FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 1, and the FDRA field in the DCI
  • the value of is all 1s; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI
  • the value of the domain is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI
  • the value of the domain is all 1s; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the foregoing
  • a set of authorizations for a second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for a second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device.
  • the authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the preset condition further includes:
  • the value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
  • the preset condition further includes:
  • the value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
  • the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
  • the transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state in the release state set, and the DCI is added by the first RNTI And the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
  • the processing unit is configured to: in the case where the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type, and the frequency domain resource allocation in the DCI meets the value of the FDRA field
  • the preset condition determines that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset condition includes:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the aforementioned one
  • the set of authorization for the second type of configuration is a set of authorization for the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device.
  • the authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, where:
  • the transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions.
  • the conditions include:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration is authorized by the specific second type of configuration.
  • the resource allocation type is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated At least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, and the DCI is used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies the following conditions when the value of the first domain in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type Pre-conditions:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second set of configurations is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or ,
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration is authorization for a set of second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device.
  • the authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the preset condition further includes:
  • the value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
  • the preset condition further includes that the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0s.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state Associating at least one set of authorizations of the second type configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type configuration associated with the states in the release state set;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first domain include at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific second-type configuration in the authorization of the at least one set of second-type configurations
  • the authorized resource allocation type of is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  • the specific authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the multiple sets of second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
  • the transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate that multiple nominal repetitive resources are in the time domain Repetition period;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information, and determine the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send data on the first actual repetitive resource.
  • the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource is determined according to the period of the time domain resource, including:
  • the period size P and the period number m determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
  • the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot are determined according to the period size P and the period number m.
  • the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
  • the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n ⁇ L+m ⁇ P, N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
  • the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(n+1) ⁇ L-1+m ⁇ P, N );
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K s satisfies:
  • K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource
  • K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is The first time slot is mod(M, M1), M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located
  • u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH
  • u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource is determined according to the period of the time domain resource, including:
  • the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot;
  • the number m of the period determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot.
  • the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +n ⁇ L, N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
  • the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +(n+1) ⁇ L-1, N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m ⁇ p, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetition resources in the time domain.
  • K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame
  • K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located
  • u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH
  • u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • determining the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information includes:
  • the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • the N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • P is the number of nominal repetition resources.
  • the period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource m is the number of the period
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is the number of the nominal repeated resource.
  • determining the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information includes:
  • the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFM of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • the N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • the downlink control received by SFN start The number of the system frame where the information DCI is located
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources
  • m is the period number
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the nth nominal repetition resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the terminal device in the second or fourth aspect.
  • the method performed by the network device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the second aspect, or the terminal device in the fifth aspect. Any method performed by the network device in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in the communication device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the fifth communication device To be a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal device, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the terminal device in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect or the second aspect or The method implemented by the network device in the fourth aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the terminal device described in the first aspect and the network device described in the second aspect, or includes the terminal device described in the third aspect and the first aspect.
  • the network device described in the fourth aspect may include two communication devices in the fifth aspect, wherein one communication device is used to implement the function of the terminal device, and the other communication device is used to implement the function of the network device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a terminal device or network device, cause the terminal device or network device to execute the first aspect or the third aspect or The method performed by the terminal device in the fifth aspect or the network device in the second or fourth aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the terminal device or the second aspect in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect Or the method performed by the network device in the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an uplink data transmission process based on dynamic type authorization by a network device according to an embodiment of the application;
  • Figure 2 is a suitable network architecture provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between nominal repeated resources and actual repeated resources provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of still another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) Terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal) , User agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device communication
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscriber unit subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS cordless phones
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be implemented without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network
  • AN access network
  • a base station e.g., access point
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, or it may include the centralized unit (CU) in the cloud radio access network (Cloud RAN) system. And distributed unit (DU), the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B evolution-advanced
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • gNB next generation node B
  • CU centralized unit
  • Cloud RAN cloud radio access network
  • DU distributed unit
  • Figure 1 it is a schematic diagram of data transmission based on dynamic type authorization.
  • Figure 1 takes the terminal device sending a signal to the network device as an uplink signal transmission, while the network device sending a signal to the terminal device as a downlink signal transmission as an example.
  • the terminal device when it has data transmission requirements, it usually sends a scheduling request (SR) to the network side device through the physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) or through the physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) reports a non-empty buffer state (BS) to the network side device, and the network side device receives the SR or non-empty buffer state report (buffer state report, BSR) sent by the terminal device , Send downlink control information (DCI) to the terminal device through the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the DCI carries the uplink (UL) grant, and the UL grant is used to authorize the terminal
  • the device uses specified configuration parameters, such as modulation and coding scheme (MCS), to send data on specified resources.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the BSR is usually sent through media access control (MAC) layer signaling, and the BSR is carried in the MAC control element (CE) in the packet header of the data packet.
  • MAC media access control
  • CE MAC control element
  • the process of sending data from a terminal device to a network-side device is referred to as data transmission based on dynamic type authorization (grant based, GB) or dynamic type scheduling.
  • dynamic type scheduling the real-time channel information between the terminal device and the network side device can be used more efficiently, so that the location and size of the appropriate time-frequency resource, as well as the appropriate transmission parameters, can be specified for each transmission of the terminal device, which can be effective Improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • the terminal device needs to send SR or BSR to the network side device before sending data, and then the network side device will authorize through DCI, so this process will introduce delay and PDCCH signaling Overhead.
  • CCE control channel element
  • A control channel element
  • DCI formats formats
  • RNTI radio network temporary identifiers
  • SPS transmission technology and GF transmission technology are both network side equipment through high-level signaling and/or physical layer signaling in a semi-static manner to configure time-frequency resources and transmission parameters for terminal equipment to be used for data transmission.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device has data transmission requirements, it directly uses the semi-statically configured time-frequency resources and transmission parameters to send data to the network-side device without sending SR or BSR to the network-side device (therefore, Figure 1 is shown with a dashed line). Need to wait for the process of uplink authorization, so as to achieve the purpose of reducing transmission delay, signaling overhead and terminal power consumption.
  • Uplink authorization-free transmission NR supports two types of uplink authorization-free transmission. These two types of uplink authorization-free transmission are respectively the first type of configured grant (Type 1 configured grant, or configured grant Type 1) and the second type of configured grant (Type 2 configured grant, or configured grant Type 2).
  • the network side device sends configured authorization configuration (configured grant configuration) information to the terminal device through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and the configuration information is used to configure, for example, time domain resources Cycle, open-loop power control related parameters, waveform, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, hybrid automatic retransmission request (HARQ) process number, demodulation reference signal (demodulation) Reference signal, DMRS) related parameters, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) tables, resource block group (RBG) size, and all transmission resources and transmissions of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS, etc. parameter.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the difference between the authorization of the second type of configuration and the authorization of the first type of configuration is that the authorization of the second type of configuration is divided into two steps.
  • the network side device sends the configured authorization configuration information through RRC signaling. Used to configure the period of time domain resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, HARQ process number, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG size, etc.
  • the DCI is a DCI scrambled using a first radio network temporary identity (RNTI), for example, a configured scheduling radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI) is used. Scrambling DCI.
  • RNTI radio network temporary identity
  • the first RNTI may also be other possible RNTIs.
  • the first RNTI is a CS-RNTI as an example.
  • the terminal device receives the authorization configuration information, and can immediately use the transmission parameters configured by the authorization configuration information to transmit data on the configured resources; while in the authorization of the second type of configuration, the terminal After the device receives the authorization configuration information, it cannot immediately use the transmission parameters configured by the authorization configuration information to transmit data on the configured resources, but can only perform data transmission when the network-side device is activated.
  • NR In order to support a variety of services with different requirements for delay and reliability, NR also supports the configuration of multiple sets of authorization configuration information on the same bandwidth part, and different sets of authorizations
  • the configuration information is distinguished by index or identification.
  • the network side device will create an index or identification for each set of configured authorization, and carry the index or identification in the configured authorization configuration information and send it to the terminal device. It should be understood that the index or identification can be numbered starting from 0 or starting from 1.
  • the activation and release of the authorizations for the multiple second configurations will be involved.
  • One way to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the network side device sends the downlink control information (DCI) for activating the configuration authorization to the terminal device.
  • the DCI may be scrambled by the first RNTI, such as CS-RNTI, and the new data indicator (NDI) field of the DCI is set to 0, and the DCI carries an index or an authorization for indicating the second type of configuration.
  • this method can only activate one set of authorizations for the second configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration.
  • the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration is also referred to as activated DCI.
  • the domain of the index or identifier used to indicate the authorization of the second type of configuration in the activated DCI is called the activated domain.
  • the activated domain For example, when the value indicated by the activation domain is 5, it means the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index or the identifier of 5; when the value indicated by the activation domain is 6, it means the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index or the identifier of 6 .
  • the active field may reuse an existing field in the DCI, such as the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) field.
  • the difference from the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the release of the authorization of the second type of configuration can support the release of multiple sets of authorization of the second type of configuration, and can also support the release of multiple authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • Part of the authorization of the second type of configuration in the authorization of the second type of configuration that is, supports joint release.
  • the network side device sends the DCI used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration to the terminal device. Since the DCI is used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration, the DCI can also become a release DCI.
  • the released DCI can be scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI field of the released DCI is set to 0.
  • the DCI carries an index or identifier for indicating the authorization of the second type of configuration to indicate the release of the index or identifier corresponding to the second Authorization for class configuration.
  • this method can only release one set of authorization for the second configuration among multiple sets of authorization for the second configuration.
  • the release field releasing the index or identifier field used to indicate the authorization of the second type of configuration in the DCI is called the release field.
  • the release field in the release of the DCI may reuse the existing field in the DCI, for example, the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) field. For example, when the value indicated by the release field is 5, it means the authorization to release the second type of configuration with the index or identifier as 5; when the value indicated by the release field is 6, it means the authorization to release the second type of configuration with the index or identifier as 6 .
  • the network side device can configure a release state set, which contains one or more states (state or entry), and each state is associated with one or more sets of the second type of configuration.
  • Authorization which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are specifically released is indicated by the DCI issued by the network side device.
  • the DCI may include a field for indicating status, which is also called a release field, which is determined by the value indicated by the release field. Which second type of configuration authorization should be released.
  • the value indicated by the release field is 5, it means that all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state of the release state are 5, or if the value indicated by the release field is 6, it means that the state of the release state is 6 Authorization for all second type configurations.
  • the difference between the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the release of the authorization of the second type of configuration also needs to meet the release verification (validation) condition, for example, the condition may be the redundancy version (RV) in the DCI.
  • the field is set to all 0, the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) field and the frequency domain resource assignment (FDRA) field are set to all 1.
  • Resource allocation type There are two types of authorized resource allocation for the second type of configuration.
  • the two resource allocation types are resource allocation type 0 (resource allocation type 0) and resource allocation type 1 (resource allocation type 1).
  • the network-side device can configure the resource allocation type for authorization of the second type of configuration through RRC signaling.
  • the network-side device can also use RRC signaling to configure the resource allocation type of the authorization configuration of the second type of configuration to be dynamic, that is, the specific resource allocation type used by the authorization of the second type of configuration ( Resource allocation type 0 or resource allocation type 1) is additionally indicated by the network side device through DCI.
  • the network side device sends the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration
  • the DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI
  • the NDI field of the DCI is set to 0, and the DCI needs to meet the activation validation conditions, such as the RV in the DCI
  • the domain is set to all 0s.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is used to indicate the resource allocation type.
  • the most significant bit (MSB) of the FDRA field can be used to indicate the resource allocation type.
  • the value of the MSB is 0, which indicates the resource allocation.
  • the allocation type is type 0, and the value of the MSB is 1, indicating that the resource allocation type is type 1.
  • the FDRA domain is a bitmap, where each bit represents one or more frequency domain resource blocks. If the bit value is 1, it means that the corresponding frequency domain resource block is allocated to the terminal device; if the bit value is 0, it means that the corresponding frequency domain resource block is not allocated to the terminal device, so each bit in the FDRA domain Both are 0, which can be considered as an invalid frequency domain resource configuration.
  • the FDRA field indicates the starting position of the frequency domain resource block allocated to the terminal device and the number of resource blocks. Therefore, each bit in the FDRA field has a value of 1, which can be considered as an invalid frequency domain resource. Configuration. For the dynamic resource allocation type, when the MSB of the FDRA domain is 0, it represents the resource allocation type 0.
  • the bits of the FDRA domain are all 0, which is considered an invalid frequency domain resource configuration. Therefore, the bits of the FDRA domain All 0s indicate an invalid frequency domain resource allocation; when the MSB of the FDRA domain is 1, it represents the resource allocation type. At this time, the remaining bits of the FDRA domain are all 1s, which is considered an invalid frequency domain resource configuration. Therefore, FDRA The bits of the field are all 1, indicating invalid frequency domain resource allocation.
  • “Multiple” refers to two or more than two. In view of this, “multiple” may also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one” can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
  • the NDI field in the DCI sent by the network side device is set to 0, and the DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI. Therefore, for the terminal device, when the terminal device receives DCI and determines that the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI field in the DCI is set to 0, the terminal device needs to determine whether the DCI is a released DCI, that is, determine the DCI Whether to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Refer to Table 1.
  • the current judgment method is that when the terminal device receives the DCI scrambled by CS-RNTI format 0_0/0_1/0_2 and the NDI field is set to 0, the terminal device validates the DCI judge. If the RV field in the DCI is set to all 0, the MCS field is set to all 1, and the FDRA field is set to meet Table 1, the terminal device considers the DCI to be a valid release of the DCI.
  • the FDRA domain is used to determine the effectiveness of DCI release. This can reduce the probability of false alarms, that is, reduce the probability of misjudging a certain DCI as the release of DCI, and increase Validate reliability.
  • the premise of using the FDRA domain to improve the validation performance of the released DCI is that the value set in the FDRA domain in the released DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the DCI, otherwise the terminal may not be able to judge the reception according to the FDRA domain Is the DCI used for activation or release?
  • the value of the released FDRA field in the DCI is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second type of configuration. Since the resource allocation type is configured separately for each authorization of the second type configuration, different authorizations of the second type configuration may be configured to different resource allocation types.
  • the network side device simultaneously configures and activates 3 sets of authorizations of the second type configuration on an activated BWP for the terminal device. Assume that the corresponding indexes of the 3 sets of authorizations of the second type configuration are 3, 4, and 5 respectively, and The authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 3 is type 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 4 is type 1, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 5 It is a dynamic type.
  • the network side device configures the release state set through RRC signaling, for example, a certain state of the configuration is associated with the index of the authorization of the aforementioned three sets of second type of configurations
  • the release field in the release DCI indicates this state, it means that the network side releases the authorizations of the three second-type configurations with indexes 3, 4, and 5 at the same time.
  • the released three sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration correspond to different resource allocation types.
  • the network side cannot determine the value of the FDRA domain according to the authorized resource allocation types of the released second type of configuration, that is, It is currently determined that the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI cannot be used in the scenario of joint release.
  • the value of the released FDRA field in the DCI determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released may be a valid value for frequency domain resource allocation.
  • the value of the HPN field in a certain DCI is 2, indicating the state of an authorization that is associated with multiple sets of second configuration (for example, two sets of second For authorization of class configuration, the resource allocation types are all type 1).
  • the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second type of configuration, and the determined value should be all 1s, because all 1s are for the two sets of second type configurations with indexes 6 and 7 In terms of authorization, they are all invalid frequency domain resource allocations.
  • the value of the HPN field in the DCI may also be 2.
  • the HPN field indicates the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated (for example, the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 2, which The resource allocation type is type 0), and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with an index of 2 is type 0, so all 1s are effective frequency domain resource allocation.
  • the HPN field and the FDRA field may have the following combinations: the HPN field takes a value of 2, and the bits of the FDRA field are all ones.
  • the terminal device cannot distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA domain, and thus cannot use the FDRA domain to improve the verification performance of the released DCI.
  • the embodiments of this application consider that in order to support the application of the authorized joint release of the second type of configuration and use the FDRA field to improve the reliability of authentication, it is necessary to make it clear that the value of the FDRA field used for release is not an active valid value. . Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in the DCI used for joint release, the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN field, for example, the network side device sets it In this way, the terminal device can distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA field, so that the FDRA field can be used to improve the verification performance of DCI release.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to 5G systems, or applied to future communication systems or other similar communication systems.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a cellular link, a PLMN network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, an Internet of things (IoT) network, or other networks. It can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links.
  • the D2D link can also be called a sidelink, and the side link can also be called a side link or a secondary link.
  • the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node.
  • This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • D2D links defined by the third generation partnership project (Rel)-12/13 of the third generation partnership project (3GPP), and there are also cars defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles.
  • V2X link to car, car to mobile phone, or car to any entity, including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
  • FIG. 2 is an application scenario applied by the embodiment of this application, or a network architecture applied by the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 2 includes network equipment and 6 terminal equipment. It should be understood that the number of terminal equipment in Figure 2 is only an example, and may be more or less.
  • the network architecture may also include other network equipment, such as The wireless relay device and the wireless backhaul device are not shown in FIG. 2.
  • a network device is an access device that a terminal device accesses to the network via wireless, and may be a base station.
  • network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4th-generation, 4G) system, it can correspond to eNB, and in 5G system, it can correspond to gNB; these 6 terminal devices can be cellular phones. , Smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable devices for communicating on wireless communication systems, and all of them can be connected to network devices. These six terminal devices can all communicate with network devices. Of course, the number of terminal devices in FIG. 2 is just an example, and it may be less or more.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in a connected state, or a terminal device in a non-connected state (such as an inactive INACTIVE state).
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to uplink signal transmission, can also be applied to downlink signal transmission, and can also be applied to D2D signal transmission.
  • the sending device is a network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal device;
  • the sending device is a terminal device and the corresponding receiving device is a network device;
  • D2D signal transmission the sending device is a terminal device.
  • the receiving device is also a terminal device. For example, three terminal devices as indicated by the dashed area in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present application may be suitable for D2D signal transmission, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the direction of signal transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application may use the SPS mechanism, and for the uplink signal transmission, the embodiment of the present application may use configured authorized transmission.
  • the uplink signal transmission by the terminal equipment is taken as an example, and the downlink signal transmission is similar.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information carries the uplink authorization, which is used to authorize the terminal to use the specified parameters on the specified time-frequency resource.
  • the MCS sends the uplink data to the terminal device, and the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device. The data of the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 is taken as an example.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a terminal device and the second communication device is a network device.
  • the terminal device in the following may be any one of the six terminal devices in FIG. 2, and the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 2.
  • the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminal equipment as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the value of the first field in the DCI used for activation.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the DCI, and the first field of the DCI indicates the first state.
  • the first state is a state in the release state collection, and the first state is associated with one or more sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • the first field can be considered as a field of DCI.
  • the first field can be considered as the activation field, which is used to indicate the authorization of the activated second type of configuration; when the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the first domain can be regarded as the release domain, which is used to indicate the authorization of the released second type of configuration.
  • the first domain can be used for Indicates the state in the release state set.
  • the first domain may be the HPN domain in the DCI or the HARQ process number domain.
  • the first domain is the HPN domain as an example. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the value of a domain may also be understood as the value carried by the domain in some embodiments.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI, and before performing verification, it needs to determine whether the DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration or to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, so as to further improve the verification performance of releasing the DCI.
  • the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information can be used to configure the authorization to release multiple sets of the second type of configuration.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes one state or multiple states, and each state can be associated with a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration or multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration.
  • the network device can additionally indicate through the DCI. For example, the value indicated by the first field in the DCI is 5, which means that all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state of the 5 state are released.
  • the resource allocation types of authorizations for multiple sets of type 2 configurations associated with the same state may be the same. If according to the prior art, the value of the FDRA field in the activated DCI is determined according to the authorization of the released type 2 configuration, the determined FDRA is The value of the domain may be valid for both the authorization to activate the second type of configuration and the authorization to release the second type of configuration. For example, two sets of authorizations of the second type configuration with the status association index of 6 and 7 in the status 5, and the resource allocation types of the authorizations of the two second types of configurations are both 1, then the FDRA for releasing the DCI is all 1.
  • FDRA all 1 is effective for the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration, which causes the network equipment or terminal equipment to be unable to distinguish whether the DCI is used for activation or release. .
  • the resource allocation types of authorizations for multiple sets of second-type configurations associated with the same state may also be different. If according to the prior art, the value of the FDRA field in the activated DCI is determined according to the released authorization of the second-type configuration, because there are multiple sets of authorizations. The resource allocation types of authorizations of the second type of configuration are different, and it is impossible to determine which set of authorizations of the second type of configuration to be used. That is, the current method of determining the value of the FDRA domain is not applicable to the scenario of joint release.
  • the value set in the FDRA field in the release of the DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the DCI.
  • how to configure the value of the FDRA field in the release of the DCI is not defined yet .
  • the embodiment of the present application may specify the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be released, so that when the value of FDRA indicates activation, it may indicate invalid release, or when the value of FDRA indicates invalid activation When the time, it can indicate the effective release. In this way, it is possible to distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA domain, so that the FDRA domain can be used to improve the validation performance of the DCI release.
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the value of the HPN field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration is referred to as activated DCI
  • the authorized DCI used to release the second type of configuration is referred to as released DCI.
  • the HPN domain is used to indicate the authorization of the activated second type of configuration when activating the DCI, and is used to indicate the authorization of the released second type of configuration in the release of the DCI, but the HPN domain is different in specific indication methods.
  • the HPN field directly indicates a specific set of authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated, for example, indicates the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated.
  • the authorization index of the second type of configuration configured by the higher layer is 1-16
  • the HPN field can occupy 4 bits
  • the value of the HPN field is 0-15
  • a value in 0-15 corresponds to a set of authorization of the second type of configuration index of.
  • the value of the HPN domain is 0, which corresponds to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with an index of 1; the value of the HPN domain is 1, which corresponds to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with the index of 2, and so on.
  • the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration at a higher level can also be 0-15.
  • the value of the HPN field is 0, which corresponds to the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 0; the HPN field The value of is 1, corresponding to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with index 1, and so on.
  • the HPN field can directly indicate a state in the release state set configured by the higher layer, and the authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state is the authorization of the second type of configuration to be released.
  • the HPN field is used to indicate a state. Specifically, if the network device does not configure the release state set for the terminal device, the HPN field in the release DCI indicates the authorized index of the second type of configuration; if the network device configures the release state set for the terminal device, release the HPN in the DCI
  • the domain indicates the status, not the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration. In the case that the HPN domain indicates a status, although the function of the HPN domain is not used to indicate a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration, there may also be a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration and HPN.
  • the value of the domain corresponds, or the value of the HPN domain will also correspond to a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the HPN field corresponds to one.
  • a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN, or when the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is numbered starting from 1, the value of the HPN field corresponds to the first set of indexes that are the same as the value of HPN after subtracting 1.
  • Authorization of the second type of configuration is numbered from 0
  • the terminal when the terminal receives DCI and the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI value is 0, the terminal cannot determine that the DCI is an authorization for activating a certain set of type 2 configurations based on this information. It is still used to release a certain set or multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration, that is, the terminal cannot determine whether the HPN field in the DCI is used to indicate a certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration to be activated at this time, or for Indicates a status.
  • the authorization of a specific type 2 configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN domain can also be understood as assuming that when the DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type configuration, the value of the HPN domain is Authorization of the second type of configuration indicated.
  • the HPN field is used to indicate a state.
  • the authorization index of the second type of configuration is numbered from 0
  • the value of the HPN field is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, or when the authorization of the second type of configuration is indexed
  • the index number starts from 1, the value of the HPN field plus 1 is different from the authorized index of any set of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the HPN field does not indicate any set of authorization for the second type of configuration, or the value of the HPN field indicates that the authorization of the second type of configuration does not Configured by the network side device.
  • the embodiment of this application aims at how to configure the value of the FDRA field used to release the DCI to be applicable to the scene of joint release. Regarding whether the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is the same as the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI of the network device is different.
  • the following respectively describes how the network device configures the release of the value of the FDRA field in the DCI when there is a certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the release of the DCI; and there is no set of second type of configuration
  • the authorization corresponds to the value of the HPN field in the release of the DCI
  • how the network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the release of the DCI.
  • a certain set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be one set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a certain second type of configuration.
  • the network device can configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is different.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the configured DCI is also different, and the following examples are introduced.
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all 0s.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0.
  • the network device configures the release state set.
  • the configured release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8, and the two sets of authorizations
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1. If according to the prior art, the network device determines the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released, then the determined value of the FDRA field is all ones.
  • the value of the FDRA domain is all 1, which is an effective frequency domain resource allocation for the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. Therefore, it is used to activate the DCI of the authorization of the second type of configuration with the index of 5. , It may happen that the value of the HPN field is 5 and the value of the FDRA field is all 1. In this case, in both the activated DCI and the released DCI with the HPN field value of 5, the value of FDRA may be all 1, so the terminal device cannot distinguish the function of the DCI according to the FDRA field.
  • the network device can configure the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI to be all 0 according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration with the index of 5, that is, 0. It should be understood that the network device configures the DCI to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI for example, the value of the MCS field and the value of the RV field in the DCI may also be configured.
  • the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s and the value of the RV field to all 0s.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device When the value of the HPN field is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second type configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the second Authorization for class configuration.
  • the terminal device determines that the authorized index of a certain set of second configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second configuration is 0 , And it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The value of the HPN field in the DCI is the same.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is All 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the second types associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • Authorization for class configuration is 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is All 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the second types associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device may also configure the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI.
  • the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s, the value of the RV field to all 0s, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI to all 0s.
  • the terminal device For the terminal device, if it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The index of the authorization is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, the authorized resource allocation type of this certain set of second configuration is 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the MCS in the DCI The value of the field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device It is possible to release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all 1.
  • the value of the HPN field in the release DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 1.
  • the network device configures the release state set.
  • the configured release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8, and the two sets of authorizations
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0. If according to the prior art, the network device determines the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released, then the determined value of the FDRA field is all 0s.
  • the value of the FDRA domain is all 0, which is an effective frequency domain resource allocation for the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. Therefore, it is used to activate the DCI of the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. , It may also happen that the value of the HPN field is 5 and the value of the FDRA field is all 0. In this case, in both the activated DCI and the released DCI with the HPN field value of 5, the value of FDRA may be all 0s, so the terminal device cannot distinguish the function of the DCI according to the FDRA field.
  • the network device can configure the release of the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be all 1s according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration with the index of 5, that is, 1.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is authorized for a certain set of type 2 configurations configured by the terminal device The index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the first configuration. Authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device determines that the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second type configuration is 1, and If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The value of the HPN field in the DCI is the same.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the second type associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI Configured authorization. Or, for another example, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The authorized index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the MCS field in the DCI The value of is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can Release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be non-all zeros.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of a second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type.
  • the network device configuration release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8.
  • the activated DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index of 5 the value of the FDRA field cannot be all 0s. Therefore, it is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the release state 5.
  • the FDRA field can be set to all 0s.
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the terminal device determines that the authorization index of a certain set of second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, The resource allocation type of the authorization of the certain set of second type configuration is dynamic. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain configuration of the terminal device
  • the authorization index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the HPN field in the DCI. Authorization of all second-type configurations associated with the indicated state.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of the terminal device configuration
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration , The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the verification performance of DCI release.
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all ones.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of a second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type.
  • the network device configuration release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8.
  • the activated DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index of 5 the value of the FDRA field cannot be all 1s. Therefore, it is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the release state 5.
  • the FDRA field can be set to all 1s.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a set of configuration for the terminal device
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain configuration of the terminal device
  • the authorization index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the HPN field in the DCI. Authorization of all second-type configurations associated with the indicated state.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of the terminal device configuration
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration , The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
  • the system or standard may define the value of the FDRA field in the release DCI to be all 0s or all 1s. , Or release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default, all 0s or all 1s.
  • the second case there is no authorization for a certain set of second type configuration that corresponds to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization for the second type of configuration. same.
  • the network device may be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, then the terminal device It can be determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released with any set of values.
  • the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration are different. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then The terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released with any set of second The authorized indexes of the class configuration are different. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0.
  • the value of the UL-SCH field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI .
  • the network device may configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all ones.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI and any set of authorization of the second type configuration are released If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is determined If it is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released and any one The authorization indexes of the second set of configurations are not the same. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type With the authorization of configuration, the terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is not the same as the authorized index of any set of the second type of configuration, for the network side, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI can be defaulted or defined by the system or standards. All 0, relatively speaking, for the terminal side, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 0, then the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the default or system-defined or standard-defined release of the DCI can be The value of the FDRA field is all 1, relatively speaking, for the terminal side, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, then the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first Two communication methods, this method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 as an example.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a terminal device and the second communication device is a network device.
  • the terminal device in the following may be any one of the six terminal devices in FIG. 2, and the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 2.
  • the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminal equipment as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
  • the network device can release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the state indicated by the HPN in the release DCI.
  • the specific process is described as follows.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be sent to the terminal device according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types configured in the second type.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the DCI, and the first field of the DCI indicates the first state.
  • the first state is a state in the release state set, and the first state is associated with one or more sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
  • the release of DCI is used to release multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration, in a possible scenario, among the authorizations for the multiple second configurations, at least two sets of authorizations for the second configuration have different resource allocation types.
  • the network device and the terminal device cannot configure the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second configuration. That is, for the joint release scenario, there is currently no solution how to configure the FDRA field for releasing the DCI.
  • the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI, that is, determines how to configure Release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to apply to the joint release scenario, so that when a state in the release state set is associated with the authorization of the second type of configuration with different resource allocation types, the FDRA field can be used for verification, thereby improving utilization The performance of the FDRA domain for validation.
  • Resource allocation types include type 0, type 1, and dynamic type. According to the different types of authorized resource allocation associated with at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI, the network device configuration releases the FDRA field in the DCI. The value is also different. It is assumed here that at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes authorizations of the second type of configuration with indexes of 6, 7, and 8, for example. The following is an example of how the network device configures and releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the different types of authorized resource allocation of this at least one set of the second type of configuration, which may include the following situations:
  • the value of the FDRA field configured by the network device is all 0.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is the dynamic type, and the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is both 1, and the network device can be configured to release the FDRA domain in the DCI The value is all 0s.
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes of 6, 7 and 8 are all 0, and the network device may be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s.
  • the network device can configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all 0s.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine The DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device configures the DCI to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI for example, the value of the MCS field and the value of the RV field in the DCI may also be configured.
  • the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s and the value of the RV field to all 0s.
  • the terminal device For the terminal device, if it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration
  • the resource allocation type of includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is All 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type of configuration The terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the value of the FDRA field is determined according to which resource allocation type in the authorization of multiple sets of second configurations, which can enable network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the function of DCI, thereby improving the release of DCI Verify performance.
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes 6, 7 and 8 are all 0, and it can also be considered that the network device will not be the second type of configuration with the authorized configuration type of 1 or the dynamic type of resource allocation type.
  • the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device configures the value of the FDRA field to be all 1.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 1, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is dynamic type.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with an index of 6 is 1, and the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 are both 1.
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes of 6, 7, and 8 are all 1.
  • the network device can all configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all ones.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used To release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is determined to be released according to which resource allocation type in the authorizations of multiple sets of second configurations, so that the network equipment and the terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of the DCI, so that the function of the DCI can be distinguished. Improve the verification performance of the release of DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes 6, 7 and 8 is all 1, and it can also be considered that the network device will not be the second type of configuration.
  • the authorized configuration type is 0 or the dynamic type of resource allocation type.
  • the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1s.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of type 2 configurations indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type of configuration Authorization, the terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device can allocate authorized resources according to the specific second type of configuration
  • the allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field.
  • the resource allocation type of at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1
  • a set of authorization of the second type of configuration is specified, and the network device adopts the second type of authorization by default.
  • the configured authorized resource allocation type is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI.
  • the network device does not know which type of authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is used to configure the value of the FDRA field. Through this scheme, it is specified to configure the FDRA Authorization of the second type of configuration of the value of the domain.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is 1.
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 6 is 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 7 is dynamic type, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 8 is 0.
  • the type is 1.
  • the network device can configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine The DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device can configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all 1. .
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used for Release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration specified above may be selected according to a predefined rule.
  • the specified authorized index of the second type of configuration may be the smallest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device, or it may be the multiple sets of second type configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the specified authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index in at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field of the DCI.
  • the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; another example is the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration.
  • the index satisfies the preset rule in at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field of the DCI.
  • the preset rule may be, for example, the smallest index or the largest index, or other possible preset rules, as long as the FDRA domain in the DCI is released according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration determined according to the preset rule When the value of is valid for activating DCI, it is invalid for releasing DCI. On the contrary, when activating DCI is invalid, it is valid for releasing DCI.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device may also be based on a specific second type.
  • the configured authorized resource allocation type determines the value of the FDRA domain.
  • the network device may determine that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is released. 0, it can also be understood that the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default to all 0s.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI
  • the authorized resource allocation types include at least type 0 and type 1.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device may determine to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1. It can also be understood that the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default with all 1s.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI
  • the authorized resource allocation types include at least type 0 and type 1.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that this The value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first
  • the authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the value of the MCS field is all 1
  • the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0
  • the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0.
  • the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the foregoing fourth example and fifth example can be considered for the case where the authorized resource allocation type for at least one set of second type configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default. 0.
  • the terminal device defaults that when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; or, the above fourth and fifth examples can also be considered for at least one set of second
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the class configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1.
  • the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default to all 1, and the terminal device defaults when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1.
  • the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device may configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s.
  • the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, and the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration
  • the resource allocation types of are all dynamic types, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the DCI is determined to be The value of the FDRA field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI is at least When the authorized resource allocation types of a set of type 2 configurations are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the RV field in the DCI is If the value of is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the network device may configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1s.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI
  • the authorized resource allocation types are all dynamic types, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the DCI is If the value of the FDRA field is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the terminal device when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if at least one set of authorized resources configured in the second type is The allocation types are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine The DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the indication of the HPN field in the DCI
  • the sixth example and the seventh example above can be considered that when the authorized resource allocation types for at least one set of the second type of configuration are all dynamic types, the network device is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s, and the DCI Used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1, and the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second configuration.
  • the network device is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1, and the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second configuration.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the network device can also The value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be released is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the release of the DCI.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be released is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the release of the DCI.
  • the value of the FDRA field can be determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of a specific set of second configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, so that the received data can be distinguished according to the FDRA field. Whether the DCI is used for activation or release, so as to use the FDRA domain to improve the verification performance of releasing the DCI.
  • the embodiment of the present application can also determine the value of the FDRA field according to one or some resource allocation types of multiple sets of authorizations associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It is applicable to the way to clarify the value of FDRA in the joint release scenario.
  • the NR system supports a repeated transmission method based on mini time slots, that is, in a time slot, a terminal device is allowed to repeatedly send the same data packet multiple times.
  • This repeated transmission method can reduce the cost of the data packet. Transmission delay.
  • this repetitive transmission method may also be referred to as PUSCH repetition Type B.
  • multiple repetitive nominal repetitive resources allocated to the terminal device by the network device for sending the same data packet multiple times are continuous in the time domain.
  • a nominal repetition resource used to send a repetition may contain unusable symbols (such as downlink symbols, etc.), or contain slot boundaries, a nominal repetition resource will be split into multiple actuals (actual) Repeated resources, where each actual repeated resource is used for one repeated transmission.
  • the actual number of repeated transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repeated resources.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between a nominal duplicate resource and an actual duplicate resource.
  • Figure 5 takes 4 nominal repetitive resources as an example. Since the nominal repetitive resource 2 contains the time slot boundary, the nominal repetitive resource 2 is split into two actual repetitive resources, that is, the actual repetitive resource 2 and Actually repeat resource 3. Since a nominal repetitive resource will be split into multiple actual (actual) repetitive resources, the actual number of repetitive transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repetitive resources, which requires the determination of the nominal repetitive resource and based on the determined nominal repetitive resource. The actual duplicate resources are used to transmit data.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the time domain position of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • the method can determine the time domain position of a nominal repetitive resource according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain, and then can determine the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the time domain.
  • the location determines the time domain location of the actual repeated resource, that is, determines the actual repeated resource for data transmission.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a data sending method provided by an embodiment of this application. The flow of the method is described as follows:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information can be used to configure time domain resources, and the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information.
  • S603 The terminal device determines the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource.
  • S604 The terminal device sends data on the first actual repeated resource.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device sends data, it needs to determine the actual repetitive resource, which needs to determine the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource.
  • the system can predefine the starting time slot and nominal repetition where the start symbol of the nominal repetitive resource is located. The start symbol of the resource in the start time slot, the end time slot where the end symbol of the nominal repetitive resource is located, and the condition that the end symbol of the nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies, so that the terminal device determines the nominal value based on the condition The time domain location of the duplicate resource.
  • n 0,...,K-1
  • K is the number of nominal repetitive resources
  • K can be determined according to the number of repetitions parameter repK
  • It can also be determined according to time domain allocation parameters.
  • a network device configures a time domain resource allocation table through high-level signaling. Each row in the table contains the number of repetitions. The time domain resource allocation parameter indicates the used The row number in the table.
  • the terminal device can determine the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period according to the period size p and the period number m The start time slot where the nth nominal repetitive resource is located, the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot, and the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is determined, And the end symbol of the nth nominal repeat resource in the end time slot.
  • the method of determining the time domain position of the nominal repeated resource according to the time domain resource configured by the network device for the terminal device may include several methods:
  • Manner 1 In some embodiments, the number of the start time slot of the nth nominal repetition resource satisfies formula (1), and the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot satisfies Formula (2), the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource satisfies formula (3), and the end symbol of the number of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies the formula (4):
  • P is the period indicated by the period parameter included in the configuration information
  • m is the number of the period or repetitive bundling
  • m ⁇ 0 L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • N is every The number of symbols in a time slot
  • n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repeating resource
  • S is the end symbol of the nth nominal repeating resource serial number.
  • S and L can be determined by time-domain resource allocation parameters.
  • a network device configures a time-domain resource allocation table through high-level signaling. Each row in the table contains S and L.
  • the time-domain resource allocation parameter indicates the used table According to the line number, S and L can be determined.
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot. In some embodiments, N can also be used To represent.
  • a variation of formula (1) can be:
  • a variation of formula (2) can be: mod(S+n ⁇ L, N);
  • a variation of formula (3) can be:
  • a variation of formula (4) can be: mod(S+(n+1) ⁇ L-1, N).
  • K s is also different.
  • the following introduces K s in two different scenarios.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration
  • K s is one of the following:
  • K s is equal to the time domain resource offset indicated by the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  • K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), where M is determined by the time domain resource offset indicated by the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information, and M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame.
  • M can be represented by timeDomainOffset, and M1 can be represented by To represent. That is, the frame number of the first frame is The number of the first time slot is
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration. It should be understood that if the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the network device can send DCI to the terminal device to indicate which authorization of the second type of configuration is configured. , K s satisfies formula (5) at this time:
  • n 0 slot to receive a downlink control information where, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • u pusch and u pdcch can be located in [0, 4].
  • Manner 2 In some embodiments, the number of the start time slot of the nth nominal repetition resource satisfies formula (6), and the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot satisfies Formula (7), the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource satisfies formula (8), and the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies the formula (9):
  • the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource is related to the start time slot of the mth periodic nominal repetitive resource.
  • K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period.
  • S m is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S m is the number of the end symbol of the n-th nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N).
  • K ms is also different.
  • the following two different scenarios introduce K ms .
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies any of the following formulas:
  • K ms is the first time slot in the first frame, the frame number of the first frame satisfies formula (12), and the number of the first time slot satisfies formula (13):
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies any of the following formulas:
  • K ms is the first time slot in the first frame, the frame number of the first frame satisfies formula (16), and the number of the first time slot satisfies formula (17):
  • K s satisfies K s n 0 is the time slot where the terminal device receives DCI, u pusch and u pdcch are the sub-carrier spacing configuration of PUSCH and PDCCH respectively, and the definitions of S, P, N, M and M1 are the same as in the first way, so I won’t repeat them here. .
  • Mode 3 is different from Mode 1 and Mode 2.
  • the terminal device can determine the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the system frame number and time slot symbol where the start symbol is located, and determine the first nominal repetitive resource Change the end symbol, the system frame number and time slot symbol where the end symbol is located, and then determine the time domain position of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located and the start
  • the time slot index sslot index of the time slot in which the symbol is located satisfies the formula:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy the following formula:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • P is the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources.
  • Cycle size m is the number of the cycle
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is The number of the nominal duplicate resource.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located and the start symbol the slot index where symbols beginning slot sslot index satisfies:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources
  • m is the period number
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the end of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • the foregoing embodiment provides three ways for the terminal device to determine the actual repetitive resources, so as to send data on the actual repetitive resources, and try to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network device and the terminal device.
  • the network device and the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module, and the above functions are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module . Whether a certain function among the above-mentioned functions is executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a transceiving unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
  • a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (code or program) and/or data.
  • the transceiving unit 710 and the processing unit 720 may be coupled with the storage unit.
  • the processing unit 720 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods.
  • the above-mentioned units can be set independently, or partly or fully integrated.
  • the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 700 may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 710 and the processing unit 720 can be used to perform all the receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
  • the transceiving unit 710 is used to perform S301 and S302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , And/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 except for the transceiving operation, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration;
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from a network device, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to release at least one set of authorization of the second type configuration associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following preset conditions, where the preset conditions include:
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0, and the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI The value of is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI Is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the preset condition further includes:
  • the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0s.
  • the preset condition further includes:
  • the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0s.
  • the first RNTI includes CS-RNTI.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set Authorization of the second type of configuration;
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from a network device.
  • the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of type 2 configurations associated with the state in the release state set.
  • the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, And the new data of DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to: when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the preset condition , It is determined that DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset conditions include:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is the dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1s;
  • the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the first RNTI includes CS-RNTI.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to: when the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the frequency domain resource allocation in the DCI meets the predetermined Set conditions to determine that DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
  • the preset conditions include:
  • the value of the FDRA field is not all 0s, or the value of the FDRA field is not all 1s.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information and DCI from the network device.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least A set of authorization for the second type of configuration; the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0;
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets any one of the following preset conditions, where the preset conditions include:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and at least one set of authorizations associated with the first state of the second type configuration is authorized for a specific second type configuration
  • the resource allocation type of is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the second type of configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule in the at least one set of authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • the first RNTI includes a CS-RNTI.
  • processing unit 720 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver unit 710 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 700 may be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the network device.
  • the transceiving unit 710 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S401 and S402 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or used to support this text Other processes of the described technique.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S403, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of the second type. Configured authorization;
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration;
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies the following preset conditions when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
  • the authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is the dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
  • the set of authorizations for the second type configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type configuration among the plurality of authorizations for the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
  • the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  • the preset conditions also include:
  • the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1 and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0.
  • the preset condition further includes that the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0s.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information is used to configure a release state set.
  • the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of second states.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, and the first field of the DCI indicates to release one or more sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration associated with the states in the state set.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the first domain includes at least type 0 and type 1.
  • the value of FDRA is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration, Wherein, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
  • At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
  • the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
  • the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule in the at least one set of authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  • the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  • the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 700 may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 710 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and/or used to support the descriptions described herein. Other processes of the technology.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S602, S603, and S604, and/or other operations used to support the technology described herein. Process.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate a plurality of nominal repetitive resources The repetition period in the time domain;
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information, and determine the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send data on the first actual repeated resource.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to:
  • the period size P and the period number m determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
  • the period size P and the period number m determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot .
  • the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
  • the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n ⁇ L+m ⁇ P, N) ;
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
  • the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(n+1) ⁇ L-1+m ⁇ P , N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  • K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K s satisfies:
  • K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource
  • K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received DCI, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration.
  • determining the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource includes:
  • the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot;
  • the number m of the period determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot.
  • the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m + m ⁇ L, N);
  • N is the number of symbols in each slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m satisfies the formula: mod(s+M ⁇ P,N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m is the m-th period.
  • the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
  • the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +(n+1) ⁇ L-1, N );
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period
  • S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m ⁇ P, N)
  • S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  • K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and period size of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
  • K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame
  • K s satisfies the formula:
  • n 0 is the time slot where the received DCI, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, where:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • P is the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources.
  • Cycle size m is the number of the cycle
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is The number of the nominal duplicate resource.
  • the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, where:
  • the symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
  • M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource
  • M1 is the number of time slots in a frame
  • N is the number of symbols in each time slot
  • P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources
  • m is the number of the period
  • S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource
  • L Is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource
  • n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource
  • K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  • FIG. 8 shows a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of this application, where the communication device 800 may be a terminal device, which can implement the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or the communication device 800 may be a network device , Can realize the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 800 can also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the corresponding function in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or can support the network device to realize the implementation of this application The corresponding function device in the method provided in the example.
  • the communication device 800 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit 710 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 800 to form a communication interface 810.
  • the communication device 800 includes at least one processor 820, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 800 to implement the functions of the network device or the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 800 may further include at least one memory 830 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 830 and the processor 820 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 820 may cooperate with the memory 830 to operate.
  • the processor 820 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 830, so that the communication device 800 implements a corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the communication device 800 may further include a communication interface 810 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 800 can communicate with other devices.
  • a communication interface 810 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 800 can communicate with other devices.
  • the communication device is a terminal device
  • the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal device.
  • the processor 820 may use the communication interface 810 to send and receive data.
  • the communication interface 810 may specifically be a transceiver.
  • the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 810, the processor 820, and the memory 830 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 830, the processor 820, and the communication interface 810 are connected by a bus 840 in FIG. 8.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 820 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 830 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory).
  • a non-volatile memory such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc.
  • a volatile memory volatile memory
  • RAM random-access memory
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal device or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal device or other combination devices or components having the functions of the foregoing terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver unit may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input and output interface of the chip system
  • the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
  • Fig. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the communication device takes the network device as a base station as an example.
  • the network device 900 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 910 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). )920.
  • RRU 910 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the transceiver 710 in FIG. 7.
  • the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 911 and Radio frequency unit 912.
  • the RRU 910 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment.
  • the BBU 920 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 910 and the BBU 920 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 920 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU processing module
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
  • the BBU 920 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 920 further includes a memory 921 and a processor 922.
  • the memory 921 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 922 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 921 and the processor 922 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Figure 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 10 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10. In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the device.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020.
  • the transceiving unit 1010 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the processing unit 1020 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1010 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiving unit 1010 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiving circuit or the like.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 1010 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1020 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to perform S301 and S302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1020 may be used to perform S303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to execute S401 and S402 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1020 may be used to perform S403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and/or to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to execute S601 and S604 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1020 may be used to perform S602 and S603 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
  • the device shown in FIG. 11 can be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7.
  • the device includes a processor 1110, a data sending processor 1120, and a data receiving processor 1130.
  • the processing unit 720 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1110 in FIG. 11, and completes corresponding functions.
  • the processing unit 720 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1120 and/or the receiving data processor 1130 in FIG. 11.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 11, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • the communication device 1200 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1203 and an interface 1204.
  • the processor 1203 completes the function of the aforementioned processing unit 730
  • the interface 1204 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver unit 710.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1206, a processor 1203, and a program stored in the memory 1206 and running on the processor.
  • the terminal device in the above method embodiment is implemented. method.
  • the memory 1206 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1206 can be connected to the The processor 1203 is sufficient.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a network device and a terminal device, or may also include more network devices and multiple terminal devices.
  • the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 3, or the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 4, or the communication system includes The network device and terminal device for realizing the related functions of FIG. 6, or the communication system includes the network device and terminal device for realizing the related functions of the embodiments of at least two of the above-mentioned FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
  • the network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the relevant network parts of FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 6 described above.
  • the terminal device is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned terminal related to FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 3 For details, please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6; or when it is on the computer When running, the computer is caused to execute the method executed by the terminal device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6; or when it runs on the computer , So that the computer executes the method executed by the terminal device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the function of the network device in the foregoing method; or is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a CPU, or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), ready-made Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM static random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic type random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic type random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic type random access memory
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a communication method and an apparatus, for use in the field of mobile communication. The method comprises: DCI and configuration information from a network device are received, and if an obtained value of a first field within the DCI is the same as an index of a Type 2 configured grant, and a value of an FDRA field within the DCI satisfies preset conditions, it is determined that the DCI does not need to release a Type 2 configured grant, wherein the preset conditions comprise: a resource assignment type of the Type 2 configured grant is type 0 and the value of the FDRA field is not all zeros, or the resource assignment type of the Type 2 configured grant is type 1 and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones. In a combined release scenario, the present solution can guarantee that when a value of an FDRA field indicates that an activate DCI is not in effect, it is indicated that a release DCI is in effect, i.e. DCI functions can be distinguished, improving the performance of the release DCI in validation.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前的5G NR支持两类配置授权的上行传输(uplink transmission with configured grant),该两类配置的授权分别是第一类配置的授权(Type 1 configured grant,或configured grant Type 1)和第二类配置的授权(Type 2 configured grant,或configured grant Type 2)。为支持多种对时延和可靠性有不同需求的业务,NR还支持在同一个带宽部分(Bandwidth Part)上配置多于一套(例如最多12套)配置的授权,这种情况下,基站会为每一套配置的授权建立索引(index)或标识(ID),并将索引或标识信息携带在配置的授权配置信息中发送给终端。The current 5G NR supports uplink transmission with two types of configuration authorization (uplink transmission with configured grant). The authorization of these two types of configuration is the authorization of the first type of configuration (Type 1 configured grant, or configured grant Type 1) and the second type of authorization. Configured authorization (Type 2 configured grant, or configured grant Type 2). In order to support a variety of services with different requirements for delay and reliability, NR also supports the configuration of more than one set (for example, up to 12 sets) of authorization on the same bandwidth part. In this case, the base station An index or identification (ID) will be established for each set of configured authorization, and the index or identification information will be carried in the configured authorization configuration information and sent to the terminal.
针对为终端配置有配置的授权的情况,NR还支持释放配置的授权。在为终端配置有多套第二类配置的授权时,NR支持逐套释放第二类配置的授权(即,每次释放一套第二类配置的授权),还支持同时释放多套第二类配置的授权,也就是支持联合释放。当释放多套第二类配置的授权时,网络侧设备通过RRC信令配置一个释放状态集,该状态集包含一个或多个状态(state),每个状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。具体释放哪一套或哪几套第二类配置的授权,由网络侧设备下发下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)指示,该DCI包括用于指示状态的域,在释放的场景中,该域也称为释放域,具体释放哪一套或哪几套第二类配置的授权,由该释放域指示的值确定。除此之外,在释放的场景中,DCI还需满足释放验证(validation)条件,该状态关联第二类配置的授权才会被释放。释放验证(validation)条件包括:例如,DCI中的冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)域设置成全0,调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)域设置成全1以及频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment,FDRA)域满足预设的条件,例如,所释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0时,FDRA域设置成全0。上述利用FDRA域满足预设条件来验证接收到的DCI是否是用于释放DCI的方案,可以降低将某个DCI误判成释放DCI的概率,提高validation可靠性。Regarding the configuration of the configured authorization for the terminal, NR also supports the release of the configured authorization. When multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration are configured for the terminal, NR supports the release of authorizations for the second configuration one by one (that is, one set of authorizations for the second configuration is released each time), and it also supports the simultaneous release of multiple sets of second configurations. The authorization of class configuration is to support joint release. When releasing multiple sets of authorizations of the second type configuration, the network side device configures a release state set through RRC signaling. The state set contains one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of the second type. Configured authorization. Which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are specifically released is indicated by the downlink control information (DCI) issued by the network side device. The DCI includes a field for indicating the status. In the release scenario, This domain is also called a release domain, and which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are released is determined by the value indicated by the release domain. In addition, in the release scenario, the DCI also needs to meet the release verification (validation) condition, and the authorization associated with the second type of configuration in this state will be released. Release verification (validation) conditions include: for example, the redundancy version (RV) field in DCI is set to all 0s, the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) field is set to all 1s, and the frequency domain resource allocation (frequency domain) The resource assignment (FDRA) field satisfies a preset condition. For example, when the authorized resource allocation type of the released second type of configuration is type 0, the FDRA field is set to all 0s. The above-mentioned use of the FDRA domain to satisfy the preset condition to verify whether the received DCI is a solution for releasing the DCI can reduce the probability of misjudging a certain DCI as the released DCI, and improve the reliability of the verification.
而利用FDRA域提升释放DCI的validation性能的前提是,释放DCI中FDRA域所设置的值是一个非有效值,即该值不会被用于激活第二类配置的授权,否则终端可能无法根据FDRA域判断接收到的DCI到底是用于激活还是释放。The premise of using the FDRA domain to improve the validation performance of the released DCI is that the value set in the FDRA domain in the released DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration, otherwise the terminal may not be able to follow The FDRA domain judges whether the received DCI is used for activation or release.
然而,在联合释放的情况下,一个状态关联有多套第二类配置的授权,而该多套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型也可能不同,使用FDRA域进行释放DCI的有效性验证时,就可能发生误判,例如,将原本其它用途的DCI误判为用于释放的DCI,或者用于激活的DCI误判为用于释放的DCI。However, in the case of joint release, a state is associated with multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration, and the resource allocation types of the authorizations for the multiple second configurations may also be different. Use the FDRA domain to verify the validity of the DCI release At this time, misjudgment may occur, for example, the original DCI for other purposes is misjudged as the DCI for release, or the DCI for activation is misjudged as the DCI for release.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,可以提升用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI的验证 性能。The present application provides a communication method and device, which can improve the verification performance of the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息以及来自网络设备的DCI,其中,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,该释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,该DCI的第一域指示第一状态,在该DCI被第一无线网络临时识别符(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)加扰,且该DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0的情况下,终端设备在该DCI满足如下第一预设条件的情况下,释放所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权,其中第一预设条件包括:In a first aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example. The method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device and DCI from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated with at least one state. Set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), and the new data of the DCI indicates the NDI field When the value of is 0, the terminal device releases at least one set of authorization of the second type configuration associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes:
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
其中,所述第一RNTI例如可以为配置的调度无线网络临时标识(configured scheduling radio network temporary identity,CS-RNTI)。Wherein, the first RNTI may be, for example, a configured scheduling radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI).
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,前述的一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be one set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among the multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of multiple sets of second type configurations; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的所述第一预设条件还可以包括:所述DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的RV域的值为全0。也就是前述的所述第一预设条件可以包括:In some embodiments, the aforementioned first preset condition may further include: the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0s. That is, the aforementioned first preset condition may include:
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且该DCI中的MCS域 的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type of configuration. The value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations for the second type of configuration. The value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the RV field of this DCI is all 0s.
在另一些实施例中,前述的预设条件还可以包括所述DCI中的上行共享信道(uplink shared channel,UL-SCH)域的值为全0。In other embodiments, the aforementioned preset condition may also include that the value of the uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) field in the DCI is all 0s.
换言之也可以认为,在该DCI满足如下第二预设条件的情况下,终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,可能存在以下两种设计:In other words, it can also be considered that when the DCI meets the following second preset condition, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. The following two designs may exist:
第一种设计,在该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,该第二预设条件包括:In the first design, when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as a set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration, the second preset condition includes:
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,该FDRA域的值为非全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,该FDRA域的值为非全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
其中,该套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。Wherein, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one set of authorization for the second type of the multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal.
第二种设计,在该DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同的情况下,该第二预设条件包括:该FDRA域的值为非全0,或者,该FDRA域的值为非全1。In the second design, in the case that the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations configured in the second type, the second preset condition includes: the value of the FDRA field is not all 0 , Or, the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以该通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:向终端设备发送配置信息,以及向终端设备发送DCI,其中,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,该DCI的第一域指示释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权第一状态;其中:In a second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a second communication device. The second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following describes an example in which the communication device is a network device. The method includes: sending configuration information to a terminal device, and sending DCI to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set For the authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state of authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state in the release state set; where:
第一种设计,在该DCI中的第一域的值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下预设条件:In the first design, when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration, the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the following preset conditions:
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,该FDRA域的值为全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,该FDRA域的值为全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
其中,该套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。Wherein, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one set of authorization for the second type of the multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal.
第二种设计,在该DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置授权的索引不相同的情况下,该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下预设条件:In the second design, when the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of second type configuration authorization, the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the following preset conditions:
该FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
该FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the FDRA field is all ones.
在第二方面的一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,前述的一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, The aforementioned set of authorizations for the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of multiple sets of second type configurations; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在第二方面的一些实施例中,该预设条件还可以包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the preset condition may further include:
该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1 and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0.
在第二方面的一些实施例中,该预设条件还可以包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the preset condition may further include:
该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、该DCI的RV域的值为全0,该DCI的UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0.
上述第一方面与第二方面的实施例提供配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI的一种方式,即网络设备根据用于激活第二类配置的授权的DCI中第一域指示的资源分配类型来确定用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的FDRA域的值。采用该方案,在联合释放场景中,明确根据多套第二类配置的授权中的哪个第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,能够保证FDRA域的值表示激活DCI无效时,可以表示释放DCI有效,使得网络设备和终端设备能够区分DCI的功能,从而提升释放DCI进行validation的性能。The above-mentioned embodiments of the first aspect and the second aspect provide a way to configure the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, that is, the network device according to the first field in the DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration. The resource allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. With this solution, in the joint release scenario, the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of the multiple sets of authorization of the second type configuration, which can ensure that the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of the DCI is invalid When the time, it can indicate that the release of the DCI is effective, so that the network device and the terminal device can distinguish the functions of the DCI, thereby improving the performance of the release of the DCI for verification.
另外,考虑到终端设备向网络设备上报的要激活的第二类配置的授权可能不存在,显然根据无法根据前述的第一种设计来配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI。为此本申请实施例提供配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI的另一种方式,也就是前述的第二种设计。第二种设计也可以认为默认FDRA域的值为全0或者全1,能够保证FDRA域的值表示激活DCI无效时,可以表示释放DCI有效,使得网络设备和终端设备能够区分DCI的功能,从而提升释放DCI进行validation的性能。In addition, considering that the authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated reported by the terminal device to the network device may not exist, it is obvious that the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration cannot be configured according to the aforementioned first design. For this reason, the embodiment of the present application provides another way of configuring the authorized DCI for releasing the second type of configuration, that is, the aforementioned second design. The second design can also be considered that the default value of the FDRA field is all 0 or all 1, which can ensure that when the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of DCI is invalid, it can indicate that the release of DCI is valid, so that network equipment and terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby Improve the performance of releasing DCI for verification.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以该通信设备为终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息,以及 接收来自该网络设备的DCI,其中,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,该DCI的第一域指示第一状态,该DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0;其中:In a third aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example. The method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device, and receiving DCI from the network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated At least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0; where:
在该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件的情况下,确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:When the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset conditions include:
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,该FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,该FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,该FDRA域的值为非全0,该特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,该FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration in the at least one set of second type configuration authorization is Type 0, the value of the FDRA domain is not all 0s, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA domain is not all 1s; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,该FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,该FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为非全1。At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
第四方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以该通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:向终端设备发送配置信息,以及向终端设备发送DCI,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,该DCI的第一域第一状态,其中:In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a second communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following describes an example in which the communication device is a network device. The method includes: sending configuration information to a terminal device, and sending DCI to the terminal device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of second Class configuration authorization, the first state of the first domain of the DCI, where:
该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件:The value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,该FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,该FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,该FDRA域的值为全0;特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,该FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration in the at least one set of second type configuration authorization is Type 0, the value of the FDRA domain is all 0; the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA domain is all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,该FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,该FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,该FDRA 域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA domain is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,该FDRA域的值为非全1。At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
上述第三方面和第四方面的实施例提供了配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI的再一种方式,即网络设备可以根据要释放的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的FDRA域的值,相较于目前涉及多套第二类配置的授权,网络设备不知道究竟使用哪个第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来配置FDRA域的值来说,本申请实施例在联合释放场景中,明确如何配置FDRA域的值,同样能够保证FDRA域的值表示激活DCI无效时,可以表示释放DCI有效,使得网络设备和终端设备能够区分DCI的功能,从而提升释放DCI进行validation的性能。The foregoing embodiments of the third and fourth aspects provide yet another way to configure the authorized DCI for releasing the second type of configuration, that is, the network device can release at least one set of authorized resources of the second type of configuration to be released. The allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Compared with the current authorization involving multiple sets of the second type of configuration, the network device does not know which authorization of the second type of configuration is used. In terms of resource allocation type to configure the value of the FDRA field, in the joint release scenario, the embodiment of this application clarifies how to configure the value of the FDRA field. It can also ensure that when the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of the DCI is invalid, it can indicate that the release of the DCI is valid, so that The network equipment and the terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of the DCI, thereby improving the performance of releasing the DCI for verification.
在一些实施例中,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
采用这种方案,即在至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1的情况下,具体指定采用特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的FDRA域的值。特定的第二类配置的授权的选择方式基于例如网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引或者预设规则等,本申请实施例不作限制。With this solution, when at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1, the specific authorized resource allocation type configuration of the second type of configuration is specifically designated for release The value of the FDRA field in the authorized DCI of the second type of configuration. The specific authorization selection method of the second type configuration is based on, for example, the minimum index or the maximum index among the authorized indexes of the multiple second type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device, or a preset rule, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,所述DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。In some embodiments, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
在上述第三方面与第四方面的实施例中,该DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。在不存在某一套第二类配置的授权与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相对应的情况下,该方案提供了一种配置用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的FDRA域的值的方式,即网络设备可以根据要释放的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的FDRA域的值。同样,在联合释放场景中,明确如何配置FDRA域的值,同样能够保证FDRA域的值表示激活DCI无效时,可以表示释放DCI有效,使得网络设备和终端设备能够区分DCI的功能,从而提升释放DCI进行validation的性能。In the foregoing embodiments of the third aspect and the fourth aspect, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration. In the case that there is no certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, this solution provides a configuration for releasing the FDRA field in the authorization of the second type of configuration. Value mode, that is, the network device can determine the value of the FDRA field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration to be released. Similarly, in the joint release scenario, it is clear how to configure the value of the FDRA field, which can also ensure that when the value of the FDRA field indicates that the activation of the DCI is invalid, it can indicate that the release of the DCI is valid, so that the network equipment and the terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of the DCI, thereby improving the release The performance of DCI for verification.
第五方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以该通信设备为终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息用于配置时域资源,该配置信息包括周期参数,该周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;并根据周期参数确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,根据第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;以及在第一实际重复资源上发送数据。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description will be made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example. The method includes: receiving configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate the repetition period of a plurality of nominal repetitive resources in the time domain; and The period parameter determines the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource, and determines the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource; and sends data on the first actual repeated resource.
一种可能的应用场景,在一个时隙内,允许终端设备多次重复发送同一个数据包。考虑到网络设备为终端设备分配的用于多次发送同一个包的多次重复的多个名义重复资源在时域上是连续的,而由于用于发送一次重复的一个名义重复资源中可能包含了不可用的符号,或者包含了时隙边界,导致一个名义重复资源会被拆分成多个实际重复资源,因此,终端设备的实际重复传输次数可能大于名义重复资源数量。采用该方案,即根据多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期可以确定实际重复资源的时域位置,以在实际重复资源上发送数据。A possible application scenario allows a terminal device to repeatedly send the same data packet multiple times in a time slot. Considering that the multiple nominal repetition resources allocated to the terminal device by the network device for sending the same packet multiple times are continuous in the time domain, and because a nominal repetition resource used to send a repetition may contain Because of the unusable symbols or the time slot boundary, a nominal repetitive resource will be split into multiple actual repetitive resources. Therefore, the actual number of repeated transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repetitive resources. With this solution, the time domain position of the actual repeated resource can be determined according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repeated resources in the time domain, so as to send data on the actual repeated resource.
在可能的实施方式中,根据该时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置可以包括但不限于如下的三种方式:In a possible implementation manner, determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource may include, but is not limited to, the following three methods:
确定发方式一,根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙内的起始符号;并根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙,以及该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙内的结束符号。Determining the transmission method 1, according to the period size P and the period number m, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetitive resource at the start The start symbol in the time slot; and the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is determined according to the period size P and the number m of the period, and the nth nominal repetitive resource is in the end time slot The end symbol.
在一种可能的设计中,该第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000001
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。
In a possible design, the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000001
Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
该第m个周期内的该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+n×L+m×p,N);其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n×L+m×p,N); where N is every The number of symbols in a time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
该第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000002
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。
The ending time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000002
Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
该第m个周期内的该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+(,+1)×L-1+m×p,N,;其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。The number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(,+1)×L-1+m×p,N,; where, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
在一种可能的设计中,K s是根据配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数确定的。 In a possible design, K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
示例性的,该配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,该K s满足: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and the K s satisfies:
K s等于为首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置;或者, K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource; or,
K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,所述第一帧的编号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000003
,所述第一时隙的编号为mod(M,M1),所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000003
The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
示例性的,该配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,该K s满足公式: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000004
其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000004
Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
确定方式二,根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;The second determination method is to determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located according to the number m of the period, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located is determined according to the number m of the period, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot is determined.
在一种可能的设计中,该第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000005
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复 资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。
In a possible design, the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000005
Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
在一种可能的设计中,该第m个周期内的该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+n×L,N); In a possible design, the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +n×L, N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
在一种可能的设计中,该第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000006
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。
In a possible design, the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000006
Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
在一种可能的设计中,该第m个周期内的该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙内的结束符号满足公式:MOD(S m+(n+1)×L-1,N);其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 In a possible design, the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period in the end time slot satisfies the formula: MOD(S m +(n+1)×L-1,N ); where N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula : Mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
在一种可能的设计中,K m.s是根据配置信息中的时域资源偏置以及周期大小确定的。 In a possible design, K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
示例性的,该配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000007
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000007
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000008
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000008
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,第一帧的帧号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000010
K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000010
其中,该M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定的,该M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,该N为一个时隙内包括的符号数。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and the N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
示例性的,该配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000011
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000011
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000012
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000012
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,第一帧的帧号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000014
K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000014
其中,该M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,该M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,该K s满足公式: Among them, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and the K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000015
其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000015
Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
确定方式三、根据配置信息用于配置不同类型配置的授权,有所不同,具体的如下:Determination method 3: The authorization used to configure different types of configurations according to the configuration information is different, and the specifics are as follows:
该配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及该起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和该起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repeat resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time when the start symbol is located. slot index gap sslot index satisfies:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及该结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和该结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足 The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,该M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,该M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,该N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Among them, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the number of multiple nominal repetitive resources. The size of the repetition period, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource , N is the number of the nominal duplicate resource.
该配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及该起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和该起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: This configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repeat resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time when the start symbol is located. slot index gap sslot index satisfies:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及该结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和该结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,该M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,该M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,该N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的系统帧的编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located The number of the system frame, P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources, m is the period number, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the nth nominal repetitive resource The number of the end symbol, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
上述三种确定方式分别提供了如何根据多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期确定实际重复资源的时域位置的方式,以在实际重复资源上发送数据。The above three determination methods respectively provide ways to determine the time domain position of the actual repeated resource according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repeated resources in the time domain, so as to send data on the actual repeated resource.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, where:
所述收发单元用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state Associating with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI满足如下预设条件的情况下,释放所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to release the authorization of at least one set of configuration of the second type associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following preset conditions, and the preset conditions include:
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 0, and the frequency domain in the DCI The value of the resource allocation FDRA field is all 0; or,
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 1, and the FDRA field in the DCI The value of is all 1s; or,
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 0; or,
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 1s; or,
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI 中的FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
在一种可能的设计中,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,前述的一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。In a possible design, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the foregoing A set of authorizations for a second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for a second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of multiple sets of second type configurations; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括:In a possible design, the preset condition further includes:
所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括:In a possible design, the preset condition further includes:
所述DCI中的上行共享信道UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。In a possible design, the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示所述释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state in the release state set, and the DCI is added by the first RNTI And the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,且所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足预设条件,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中,所述预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to: in the case where the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type, and the frequency domain resource allocation in the DCI meets the value of the FDRA field The preset condition determines that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset condition includes:
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
在一些实施例中,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,前述的一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。In some embodiments, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or, the aforementioned one The set of authorization for the second type of configuration is a set of authorization for the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置 的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of multiple sets of second type configurations; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。In some embodiments, the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, where:
所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件的情况下,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中,预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions. The conditions include:
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration is authorized by the specific second type of configuration. The resource allocation type is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
在一种可能的设计中,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In a possible design, the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引 不相同。In a possible design, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。In a possible design, the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权;The transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated At least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, and the DCI is used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration;
所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的第一域的值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,确定所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下预设条件:The processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies the following conditions when the value of the first domain in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type Pre-conditions:
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second set of configurations is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
在一种可能的设计中,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,前述的一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。In a possible design, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or , The aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration is authorization for a set of second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一些实施例中,前述的一套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In some embodiments, the aforementioned set of authorization for the second type of configuration may be authorization for a specific second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization for the set of second type of configuration is that the network device is configured for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of multiple sets of second type configurations; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括:In a possible design, the preset condition further includes:
所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括所述DCI的UL-SCH域的值为全0。In a possible design, the preset condition further includes that the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0s.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示所述释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权;The transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state Associating at least one set of authorizations of the second type configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type configuration associated with the states in the release state set;
所述处理单元,用于确定所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件:The processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of the at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first domain include at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific second-type configuration in the authorization of the at least one set of second-type configurations The authorized resource allocation type of is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
在一种可能设计中,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In a possible design, the specific authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the multiple sets of second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能设计中,该DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。In one possible design, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
关于第六方面-第十方面或第六方面-第十方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the sixth aspect-the tenth aspect or the sixth aspect-the tenth aspect, you can refer to the technical effects of the first aspect or the various possible implementations of the first aspect Introduction.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置时域资源,所述配置信息包括周期参数,所述周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate that multiple nominal repetitive resources are in the time domain Repetition period;
所述处理单元,用于根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,并根据所述第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;The processing unit is configured to determine the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information, and determine the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
所述收发单元还用于在所述第一实际重复资源上发送数据。The transceiving unit is further configured to send data on the first actual repetitive resource.
在一种可能设计中,根据时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:In one possible design, the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource is determined according to the period of the time domain resource, including:
根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the period size P and the period number m, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot are determined according to the period size P and the period number m.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:In one possible design, the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000016
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+n×L+m×P,N);In one possible design, the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n×L+m×P, N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:In one possible design, the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000017
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);In one possible design, the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, N );
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
在一种可能设计中,K s是根据配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数确定的。 In one possible design, K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
在一种可能设计中,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K s满足: In one possible design, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K s satisfies:
K s等于为首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置;或者, K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource; or,
K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,第一帧的编号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000018
第一时隙为mod(M,M1),M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000018
The first time slot is mod(M, M1), M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
在一种可能设计中,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K s满足公式: In one possible design, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000019
其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000019
Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
在一种可能设计中,根据时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:In one possible design, the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource is determined according to the period of the time domain resource, including:
根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the number m of the period, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot;
根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号。According to the number m of the period, determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:In one possible design, the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000020
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+n×L,N); In a possible design, the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +n×L, N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:In one possible design, the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000021
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
在一种可能设计中,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+(n+1)×L-1,N); In a possible design, the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +(n+1)×L-1, N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×p,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m×p, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetition resources in the time domain.
在一种可能设计中,K m.s是根据配置信息中的时域资源偏置以及周期大小确定的。 In a possible design, K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
在一种可能设计中,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足: In one possible design, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000022
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000022
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000023
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000023
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000024
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定的,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为一个时隙内包括的符号数。Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
在一种可能设计中,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足: In one possible design, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000025
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000025
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000026
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000026
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000027
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,K s满足公式: Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame, and K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000028
其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000028
Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
在一种可能设计中,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:In a possible design, determining the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information includes:
第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+M×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+M×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the number of nominal repetition resources. The period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is a nominal repetitive resource The number of symbols, and n is the number of the nominal repeated resource.
在一种可能设计中,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:In a possible design, determining the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information includes:
第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFM和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFM of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的系统帧的编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。。 Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and the downlink control received by SFN start The number of the system frame where the information DCI is located, P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources, m is the period number, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the nth nominal repetition resource The number of the end symbol of the repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. .
关于第十一方面或第十一方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the eleventh aspect or various possible implementation manners of the eleventh aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the fifth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中终端设备或者第二方面或第四方面中网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中终端设备或者用于实现上述第二方面或第四方面中网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the terminal device in the second or fourth aspect. The method performed by the network device. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the second aspect, or the terminal device in the fifth aspect. Any method performed by the network device in the fourth aspect.
应理解,该通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是通信装置中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第五种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端设备时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端设备。It should be understood that the communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in the communication device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the fifth communication device To be a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal device, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal device.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中终端设备或者第二方面或第四方面中网络设备执行的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the terminal device in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect or the second aspect or The method implemented by the network device in the fourth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,所述系统包括第一方面所述的终端设备以及第二方面所述的网络设备,或者包括第三方面所述的终端设备以及第四方面所述的网络设备,或包括第五方面中两种通信装置,其中一种通信装置用于实现终端设备的功能,另一种通信装置用于实现网络设备的功能。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The system includes the terminal device described in the first aspect and the network device described in the second aspect, or includes the terminal device described in the third aspect and the first aspect. The network device described in the fourth aspect may include two communication devices in the fifth aspect, wherein one communication device is used to implement the function of the terminal device, and the other communication device is used to implement the function of the network device.
第十五方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在终端设备或网络设备上运行时,使得终端设备或网络设备执行第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中终端设备或者第二方面或第四方面中网络设备执行的方法。In the fifteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a terminal device or network device, cause the terminal device or network device to execute the first aspect or the third aspect or The method performed by the terminal device in the fifth aspect or the network device in the second or fourth aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中终端设备或者第二方面或第四方面中网络设备执行的方法。In the sixteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the terminal device or the second aspect in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect Or the method performed by the network device in the fourth aspect.
上述第十二方面至第十六方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第一方面至第五方面的方法及其实现方式第一方面至第五方面的方法及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned twelfth to sixteenth aspects and their implementations, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the methods from the first to fifth aspects and their implementations. describe.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的网络设备基于动态类型授权的上行数据传输流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an uplink data transmission process based on dynamic type authorization by a network device according to an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的适用的一种网络架构;Figure 2 is a suitable network architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的名义重复资源和实际重复资源的关系示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between nominal repeated resources and actual repeated resources provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一种结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of still another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
在介绍本申请之前,首先对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行简单解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Before introducing this application, first briefly explain some terms in the embodiments of this application, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车与外界(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) Terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal) , User agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如: 智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be implemented without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
2)网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括5G NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network Or, for example, a network device in a V2X technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The base station can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, or it may include the centralized unit (CU) in the cloud radio access network (Cloud RAN) system. And distributed unit (DU), the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
3)如图1所示,为基于动态类型授权的数据传输的示意。图1以终端设备向网络设备发送信号为上行信号传输,相对的,网络设备向终端设备发送信号为下行信号传输为例。例如LTE系统或NR系统中,终端设备有数据传输需求时,通常会通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)向网络侧设备发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR)或通过物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channal,PUSCH)向网络侧设备上报非空的缓存状态(buffer state,BS),网络侧设备收到终端设备发送的SR或非空的缓存状态报告(buffer state report,BSR)后,通过下行物理控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)向终端设备发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),DCI中携带上行(uplink,UL)授权(grant),该UL grant用于授权终端设备在指定的资源上使用指定的配置参数,例如调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等发送数据。BSR通常通过媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层信令发送,BSR携带在数据包包头的MAC控制元素(control element,CE)中。在本文中,将终端设备向网络侧设备发送数据的过程称为基于动态类型授权(grant based,GB)或动态类型调度的数据传输。通过动态类型调度可以更高效地利用终端设备与网络侧设备之间的实时信道信息,从而为终端设备的每次传输指定合适的时频资源的位置、大小,以及合适的传输参数等,能够有效提高数据传输的可靠性。3) As shown in Figure 1, it is a schematic diagram of data transmission based on dynamic type authorization. Figure 1 takes the terminal device sending a signal to the network device as an uplink signal transmission, while the network device sending a signal to the terminal device as a downlink signal transmission as an example. For example, in the LTE system or the NR system, when the terminal device has data transmission requirements, it usually sends a scheduling request (SR) to the network side device through the physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) or through the physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) reports a non-empty buffer state (BS) to the network side device, and the network side device receives the SR or non-empty buffer state report (buffer state report, BSR) sent by the terminal device , Send downlink control information (DCI) to the terminal device through the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the DCI carries the uplink (UL) grant, and the UL grant is used to authorize the terminal The device uses specified configuration parameters, such as modulation and coding scheme (MCS), to send data on specified resources. The BSR is usually sent through media access control (MAC) layer signaling, and the BSR is carried in the MAC control element (CE) in the packet header of the data packet. In this article, the process of sending data from a terminal device to a network-side device is referred to as data transmission based on dynamic type authorization (grant based, GB) or dynamic type scheduling. Through dynamic type scheduling, the real-time channel information between the terminal device and the network side device can be used more efficiently, so that the location and size of the appropriate time-frequency resource, as well as the appropriate transmission parameters, can be specified for each transmission of the terminal device, which can be effective Improve the reliability of data transmission.
上述基于动态类型授权的数据传输过程中,终端设备在发送数据之前,需要向网络侧设备发送SR或BSR,再由网络侧设备通过DCI进行授权,所以这一过程会引入时延和PDCCH信令开销。同时,由于PDCCH的接收通常需要终端设备在不同时频资源上按照不同控制信道单元(control channel element,CCE)聚合等级(aggregation level,AL)、不同的DCI格式(format)、不同的DCI长度、不同的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)进行盲检测,因此需要耗费大量的功耗。为了降低时延、信令开销以及终端设备的功耗等,LTE和NR引入了半持续调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)传输技术和免授权(grant-free,GF)传输技术。SPS传输技术和GF传输技术都是网络侧设备通过高层信令和/或物理层信令以半静态(semi-static)的方式为终端设备配置数据传输所 使用的时频资源、以及传输参数等。终端设备有数据传输需求时,直接使用半静态配置的时频资源和传输参数向网络侧设备发送数据,而不需要向网络侧设备发送SR或BSR(因此图1用虚线进行示意),也不需要等待上行授权的过程,从而达到降低传输时延、信令开销和终端功耗的目的。In the above-mentioned data transmission process based on dynamic type authorization, the terminal device needs to send SR or BSR to the network side device before sending data, and then the network side device will authorize through DCI, so this process will introduce delay and PDCCH signaling Overhead. At the same time, because the reception of PDCCH usually requires terminal equipment to aggregate different control channel element (CCE) aggregation levels (AL), different DCI formats (formats), and different DCI lengths on different time-frequency resources. Different radio network temporary identifiers (RNTI) perform blind detection, which requires a lot of power consumption. In order to reduce time delay, signaling overhead, and power consumption of terminal equipment, LTE and NR have introduced semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) transmission technology and grant-free (GF) transmission technology. SPS transmission technology and GF transmission technology are both network side equipment through high-level signaling and/or physical layer signaling in a semi-static manner to configure time-frequency resources and transmission parameters for terminal equipment to be used for data transmission. . When the terminal device has data transmission requirements, it directly uses the semi-statically configured time-frequency resources and transmission parameters to send data to the network-side device without sending SR or BSR to the network-side device (therefore, Figure 1 is shown with a dashed line). Need to wait for the process of uplink authorization, so as to achieve the purpose of reducing transmission delay, signaling overhead and terminal power consumption.
4)上行免授权传输,NR支持两类上行免授权传输,这两类上行免授权传输分别为第一类配置的授权(Type 1 configured grant,或configured grant Type 1)和第二类配置的授权(Type 2 configured grant,或configured grant Type 2)。4) Uplink authorization-free transmission. NR supports two types of uplink authorization-free transmission. These two types of uplink authorization-free transmission are respectively the first type of configured grant (Type 1 configured grant, or configured grant Type 1) and the second type of configured grant (Type 2 configured grant, or configured grant Type 2).
在第一类配的授权中,网络侧设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令向终端设备发送配置的授权配置(configured grant configuration)信息,该配置信息用于配置例如时域资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic retransmission request,HARQ)进程数、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)相关参数、调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)表格、资源块组(resource block group,RBG)大小、以及时域资源、频域资源、MCS等的全部传输资源和传输参数。终端设备接收到该配置信息后,可立即使用所配置传输参数在配置的时频资源上进行PUSCH传输。In the first type of allocation authorization, the network side device sends configured authorization configuration (configured grant configuration) information to the terminal device through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and the configuration information is used to configure, for example, time domain resources Cycle, open-loop power control related parameters, waveform, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, hybrid automatic retransmission request (HARQ) process number, demodulation reference signal (demodulation) Reference signal, DMRS) related parameters, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) tables, resource block group (RBG) size, and all transmission resources and transmissions of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS, etc. parameter. After receiving the configuration information, the terminal device can immediately use the configured transmission parameters to perform PUSCH transmission on the configured time-frequency resources.
第二类配置的授权与第一类配置的授权的不同之处在于,第二类配置的授权分为两步,即首先网络侧设备通过RRC信令发送配置的授权配置信息,该授权配置信息用于配置包括时域资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格、RBG大小等在内的传输资源和传输参数;然后网络侧设备通过DCI激活基于第二类配置授权的PUSCH传输,同时网络侧设备通过配置包括时域资源、频域资源、DMRS、MCS等在内的其他传输资源和传输参数。需要说明的是,该DCI为使用第一无线网络临时识别符(radio network temporary identity,RNTI)加扰的DCI,例如使用配置的调度无线网络临时标识(Configured scheduling radio network temporary identity,CS-RNTI)加扰的DCI。当然,第一RNTI也可以是其他可能的RNTI,下文中,以第一RNTI为CS-RNTI为例。终端设备在确定授权配置信息后,不能立即使用该配置信息配置的资源和参数进行PUSCH传输,而是在接收到相应的用于激活的DCI并配置其他资源和参数后,才能进行PUSCH传输。The difference between the authorization of the second type of configuration and the authorization of the first type of configuration is that the authorization of the second type of configuration is divided into two steps. First, the network side device sends the configured authorization configuration information through RRC signaling. Used to configure the period of time domain resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, HARQ process number, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG size, etc. The transmission resources and transmission parameters within the network; then the network side device activates the PUSCH transmission based on the second type of configuration authorization through DCI, and the network side device configures other transmission resources including time domain resources, frequency domain resources, DMRS, MCS, etc. And transmission parameters. It should be noted that the DCI is a DCI scrambled using a first radio network temporary identity (RNTI), for example, a configured scheduling radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI) is used. Scrambling DCI. Of course, the first RNTI may also be other possible RNTIs. In the following, the first RNTI is a CS-RNTI as an example. After determining the authorization configuration information, the terminal device cannot immediately use the resources and parameters configured by the configuration information for PUSCH transmission. Instead, it can perform PUSCH transmission after receiving the corresponding DCI for activation and configuring other resources and parameters.
可见,在第一类配置的授权中,终端设备接收到授权配置信息,可以立即使用该授权配置信息配置的传输参数在配置的资源上进行数据传输;而在第二类配置的授权中,终端设备接收到授权配置信息,不能立即使用该授权配置信息配置的传输参数在配置的资源上进行数据传输,而是在网络侧设备的激活下才能进行数据传输。It can be seen that in the authorization of the first type of configuration, the terminal device receives the authorization configuration information, and can immediately use the transmission parameters configured by the authorization configuration information to transmit data on the configured resources; while in the authorization of the second type of configuration, the terminal After the device receives the authorization configuration information, it cannot immediately use the transmission parameters configured by the authorization configuration information to transmit data on the configured resources, but can only perform data transmission when the network-side device is activated.
5)配置的授权的激活或释放,为了支持多种对时延和可靠性有不同需求的业务,NR还支持在同一个带宽部分(bandwidth part)上配置多套授权配置信息,不同套的授权配置信息通过索引或者标识区分。例如,网络侧设备会为每一套配置的授权建立索引或标识,并将索引或标识携带在配置的授权配置信息中,发送给终端设备。应理解,索引或标识可以从0开始编号,也可以从1开始编号。5) Activation or release of configured authorization. In order to support a variety of services with different requirements for delay and reliability, NR also supports the configuration of multiple sets of authorization configuration information on the same bandwidth part, and different sets of authorizations The configuration information is distinguished by index or identification. For example, the network side device will create an index or identification for each set of configured authorization, and carry the index or identification in the configured authorization configuration information and send it to the terminal device. It should be understood that the index or identification can be numbered starting from 0 or starting from 1.
当网络侧设备配置了多套第二类配置的授权时,会涉及到针对多套第二类配置的授权的激活和释放。When the network side device is configured with multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration, the activation and release of the authorizations for the multiple second configurations will be involved.
激活第二类配置的授权的一种方式,即网络侧设备向终端设备发送用于激活配置授权的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。例如该DCI可以由第一RNTI,例 如CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)域设置为0,该DCI携带用于指示第二类配置的授权的索引或标识,以指示激活该索引或标识对应的第二类配置的授权。但是这种方式只能激活多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。在一些实施例中,该用于激活第二类配置的授权的DCI也称为激活DCI。激活DCI中用于指示第二类配置的授权的索引或标识的域称为激活域。例如当激活域指示的值为5时,表示激活索引或标识为5的第二类配置的授权;当激活域指示的值为6时,表示激活索引或标识为6的第二类配置的授权。在一些实施例中,激活域可以重用DCI中现有的域,例如HARQ进程数(HARQ process number)域。One way to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the network side device sends the downlink control information (DCI) for activating the configuration authorization to the terminal device. For example, the DCI may be scrambled by the first RNTI, such as CS-RNTI, and the new data indicator (NDI) field of the DCI is set to 0, and the DCI carries an index or an authorization for indicating the second type of configuration. An identifier to indicate the authorization to activate the index or identify the corresponding second type of configuration. However, this method can only activate one set of authorizations for the second configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration. In some embodiments, the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration is also referred to as activated DCI. The domain of the index or identifier used to indicate the authorization of the second type of configuration in the activated DCI is called the activated domain. For example, when the value indicated by the activation domain is 5, it means the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index or the identifier of 5; when the value indicated by the activation domain is 6, it means the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index or the identifier of 6 . In some embodiments, the active field may reuse an existing field in the DCI, such as the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) field.
与第二类配置的授权的激活的不同之处在于,第二类配置的授权的释放可以支持释放多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权,也可以支持释放多套第二类配置的授权中的部分第二类配置的授权,即支持联合释放(joint release)。The difference from the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the release of the authorization of the second type of configuration can support the release of multiple sets of authorization of the second type of configuration, and can also support the release of multiple authorizations of the second type of configuration. Part of the authorization of the second type of configuration in the authorization of the second type of configuration, that is, supports joint release.
例如释放一套第二类配置的授权,网络侧设备向终端设备发送用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI,由于该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,所以该DCI也可以成为释放DCI。该释放DCI可以由CS-RNTI加扰,且该释放DCI的NDI域设置为0,该DCI携带用于指示第二类配置的授权的索引或标识,以指示释放该索引或标识对应的第二类配置的授权。但是这种方式只能释放多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。应理解,释放DCI中用于指示第二类配置的授权的索引或标识的域称为释放域。在一些实施例中,释放DCI中的释放域可以重用DCI中现有的域,例如HARQ进程数(HARQ process number)域。例如当释放域指示的值为5时,表示释放索引或标识为5的第二类配置的授权;当释放域指示的值为6时,表示释放索引或标识为6的第二类配置的授权。For example, to release a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, the network side device sends the DCI used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration to the terminal device. Since the DCI is used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration, the DCI can also become a release DCI. The released DCI can be scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI field of the released DCI is set to 0. The DCI carries an index or identifier for indicating the authorization of the second type of configuration to indicate the release of the index or identifier corresponding to the second Authorization for class configuration. However, this method can only release one set of authorization for the second configuration among multiple sets of authorization for the second configuration. It should be understood that releasing the index or identifier field used to indicate the authorization of the second type of configuration in the DCI is called the release field. In some embodiments, the release field in the release of the DCI may reuse the existing field in the DCI, for example, the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) field. For example, when the value indicated by the release field is 5, it means the authorization to release the second type of configuration with the index or identifier as 5; when the value indicated by the release field is 6, it means the authorization to release the second type of configuration with the index or identifier as 6 .
例如释放多套第二类配置的授权,网络侧设备可以配置一个释放状态集,该状态集包含一个或多个状态(state或entry),每个状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。具体释放哪一套或哪几套第二类配置的授权,由网络侧设备下发DCI指示,例如该DCI可以包括用于指示状态的域,也称为释放域,由释放域指示的值确定要释放哪些第二类配置的授权。例如当释放域指示的值为5时,表示释放状态为5的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权,或者如果释放域指示的值为6时,表示释放状态为6的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。For example, to release multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration, the network side device can configure a release state set, which contains one or more states (state or entry), and each state is associated with one or more sets of the second type of configuration. Authorization. Which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are specifically released is indicated by the DCI issued by the network side device. For example, the DCI may include a field for indicating status, which is also called a release field, which is determined by the value indicated by the release field. Which second type of configuration authorization should be released. For example, when the value indicated by the release field is 5, it means that all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state of the release state are 5, or if the value indicated by the release field is 6, it means that the state of the release state is 6 Authorization for all second type configurations.
与第二类配置的授权的激活的不同之处在于,第二类配置的授权的释放还需要满足释放验证(validation)条件,例如该条件可以是DCI中的冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)域设置成全0,调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)域和频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment,FDRA)域设置成全1。The difference between the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration is that the release of the authorization of the second type of configuration also needs to meet the release verification (validation) condition, for example, the condition may be the redundancy version (RV) in the DCI. The field is set to all 0, the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) field and the frequency domain resource assignment (FDRA) field are set to all 1.
5)资源分配类型,第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型包括两种,这两种资源分配类型分别为资源分配类型0(resource allocation type 0)和资源分配类型1(resource allocation type 1)。网络侧设备可以通过RRC信令为第二类配置的授权配置资源分配类型。除此之外,网络侧设备还可以通过RRC信令将第二类配置的授权配置的资源分配类型配置成动态类型的(dynamic),也就是第二类配置的授权具体使用的资源分配类型(资源分配类型0或资源分配类型1)另外由网络侧设备通过DCI指示。例如网络侧设备发送用于激活第二类配置的授权的DCI,该DCI由CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域设置为0,并且该DCI需要满足激活validation条件,例如DCI中的RV域设置成全0。具体的,该DCI中的FDRA域的值用于指示资源分配类型,例如可以由FDRA域的最重要比特(most significant bit, MSB)来指示资源分配类型,例如MSB的取值为0,表示资源分配类型为类型0,MSB的取值为1,表示资源分配类型为类型1。5) Resource allocation type. There are two types of authorized resource allocation for the second type of configuration. The two resource allocation types are resource allocation type 0 (resource allocation type 0) and resource allocation type 1 (resource allocation type 1). The network-side device can configure the resource allocation type for authorization of the second type of configuration through RRC signaling. In addition, the network-side device can also use RRC signaling to configure the resource allocation type of the authorization configuration of the second type of configuration to be dynamic, that is, the specific resource allocation type used by the authorization of the second type of configuration ( Resource allocation type 0 or resource allocation type 1) is additionally indicated by the network side device through DCI. For example, the network side device sends the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration, the DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the NDI field of the DCI is set to 0, and the DCI needs to meet the activation validation conditions, such as the RV in the DCI The domain is set to all 0s. Specifically, the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is used to indicate the resource allocation type. For example, the most significant bit (MSB) of the FDRA field can be used to indicate the resource allocation type. For example, the value of the MSB is 0, which indicates the resource allocation. The allocation type is type 0, and the value of the MSB is 1, indicating that the resource allocation type is type 1.
对于资源分配类型0,FDRA域为一个比特位图,其中,每个比特表示一个或多个频域资源块。如果比特取值为1,表示对应的频域资源块被分配给了该终端设备;如果比特取值为0,表示对应的频域资源块没有分配给该终端设备,因此FDRA域的每个比特都为0,可以认为是一个无效的频域资源配置。对于资源分配类型1,FDRA域指示分配给该终端设备的频域资源块的起始位置以及资源块数量,因此FDRA域的每个比特的取值都为1,可以认为是无效的频域资源配置。对于资源分配类型为动态类型,当FDRA域的MSB为0时,代表资源分配类型0,此时,FDRA域的剩余比特全为0认为是一个无效的频域资源配置,因此,FDRA域的比特全为0,表示无效的频域资源分配;当FDRA域的MSB为1时,代表资源分配类型,此时,FDRA域的剩余比特全为1认为是一个无效的频域资源配置,因此,FDRA域的比特全为1,表示无效的频域资源分配。For resource allocation type 0, the FDRA domain is a bitmap, where each bit represents one or more frequency domain resource blocks. If the bit value is 1, it means that the corresponding frequency domain resource block is allocated to the terminal device; if the bit value is 0, it means that the corresponding frequency domain resource block is not allocated to the terminal device, so each bit in the FDRA domain Both are 0, which can be considered as an invalid frequency domain resource configuration. For resource allocation type 1, the FDRA field indicates the starting position of the frequency domain resource block allocated to the terminal device and the number of resource blocks. Therefore, each bit in the FDRA field has a value of 1, which can be considered as an invalid frequency domain resource. Configuration. For the dynamic resource allocation type, when the MSB of the FDRA domain is 0, it represents the resource allocation type 0. At this time, the remaining bits of the FDRA domain are all 0, which is considered an invalid frequency domain resource configuration. Therefore, the bits of the FDRA domain All 0s indicate an invalid frequency domain resource allocation; when the MSB of the FDRA domain is 1, it represents the resource allocation type. At this time, the remaining bits of the FDRA domain are all 1s, which is considered an invalid frequency domain resource configuration. Therefore, FDRA The bits of the field are all 1, indicating invalid frequency domain resource allocation.
6)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。6) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more than two. In view of this, "multiple" may also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。Unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。Some concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are introduced as above, and the technical features of the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
如前所述,无论是激活第二类配置的授权,还是释放第二类配置的授权,网络侧设备发送的DCI中的NDI域都设置为0,且该DCI由CS-RNTI加扰。所以对于终端设备而言,当终端设备接收DCI,且确定该DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,以及该DCI中的NDI域设置为0,终端设备需要判断该DCI是否为释放DCI,即判断该DCI是否用于释放第二类配置的授权。请参见表1,目前的一种判断方法,即终端设备接收到由CS-RNTI加扰的DCI format 0_0/0_1/0_2、且其中的NDI域设置为0时,终端设备对该DCI进行有效性判断。如果DCI中的RV域被设置成全0、MCS域被设置成全1、FDRA域设置满足表1时,终端设备认为该DCI为有效的释放DCI。As mentioned above, whether it is to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration or release the authorization of the second type of configuration, the NDI field in the DCI sent by the network side device is set to 0, and the DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI. Therefore, for the terminal device, when the terminal device receives DCI and determines that the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI field in the DCI is set to 0, the terminal device needs to determine whether the DCI is a released DCI, that is, determine the DCI Whether to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Refer to Table 1. The current judgment method is that when the terminal device receives the DCI scrambled by CS-RNTI format 0_0/0_1/0_2 and the NDI field is set to 0, the terminal device validates the DCI judge. If the RV field in the DCI is set to all 0, the MCS field is set to all 1, and the FDRA field is set to meet Table 1, the terminal device considers the DCI to be a valid release of the DCI.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000029
可见目前在RV域和MCS域的基础上,同时使用FDRA域进行释放DCI的有效性判 断,这样可以降低虚警(false alarm)概率,即降低将某个DCI误判成释放DCI的概率,提高validation可靠性。It can be seen that currently on the basis of the RV domain and the MCS domain, the FDRA domain is used to determine the effectiveness of DCI release. This can reduce the probability of false alarms, that is, reduce the probability of misjudging a certain DCI as the release of DCI, and increase Validate reliability.
但是利用FDRA域提升释放DCI的validation性能的前提是,释放DCI中FDRA域所设置的值是一个非有效值,即该值不会被用于激活DCI,否则终端可能无法根据FDRA域判断接收到的DCI到底是用于激活还是释放。However, the premise of using the FDRA domain to improve the validation performance of the released DCI is that the value set in the FDRA domain in the released DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the DCI, otherwise the terminal may not be able to judge the reception according to the FDRA domain Is the DCI used for activation or release?
但是现有技术是根据所释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。由于资源分配类型是为每个第二类配置的授权单独配置的,因此,不同的第二类配置的授权可能被配置成不同的资源分配类型。例如,网络侧设备为终端设备在某个激活的BWP上同时配置并激活了3套第二类配置的授权,假设这3套第二类配置的授权分别对应索引为3、4、5,且索引为3的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,索引为4的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,索引为5的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型。如果释放DCI用于释放多套第二类配置的授权,也就是网络侧设备通过RRC信令配置释放状态集,例如配置的某个状态关联了前述3套第二类配置的授权的索引,那么当释放DCI中的释放域指示了该状态时,表示网络侧同时释放索引为3、4、5的这3套第二类配置的授权。针对这种情况,即所释放的3套第二类配置的授权对应不同资源分配类型,显然网络侧都无法根据所释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定FDRA域的值,也就是目前确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值无法用于联合释放的场景。However, in the prior art, the value of the released FDRA field in the DCI is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second type of configuration. Since the resource allocation type is configured separately for each authorization of the second type configuration, different authorizations of the second type configuration may be configured to different resource allocation types. For example, the network side device simultaneously configures and activates 3 sets of authorizations of the second type configuration on an activated BWP for the terminal device. Assume that the corresponding indexes of the 3 sets of authorizations of the second type configuration are 3, 4, and 5 respectively, and The authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 3 is type 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 4 is type 1, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 5 It is a dynamic type. If the release of DCI is used to release multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration, that is, the network side device configures the release state set through RRC signaling, for example, a certain state of the configuration is associated with the index of the authorization of the aforementioned three sets of second type of configurations, then When the release field in the release DCI indicates this state, it means that the network side releases the authorizations of the three second-type configurations with indexes 3, 4, and 5 at the same time. In view of this situation, that is, the released three sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration correspond to different resource allocation types. Obviously, the network side cannot determine the value of the FDRA domain according to the authorized resource allocation types of the released second type of configuration, that is, It is currently determined that the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI cannot be used in the scenario of joint release.
另一方面,根据所要释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型所确定的释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,可能是一个频域资源分配的有效值。例如,在联合释放场景中,某个DCI中的HPN域的取值为2,指示了一个关联了多套第二类配置的授权的状态(例如关联了索引为6、7的两套第二类配置的授权,其资源分配类型均为类型1)。此时根据所释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,则所确定的值应为全1,因为全1对于索引为6和7的两套第二类配置的授权来说,均为无效的频域资源分配。但是在激活场景中,DCI中的HPN域的取值也可能为2,此时HPN域指示了所要激活的第二类配置的授权的索引(例如索引为2的第二类配置的授权,其资源分配类型为类型0),而索引为2的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所以全1是有效的频域资源分配。这种情况下,不管是激活DCI还是释放DCI,其中的HPN域和FDRA域都可能出现如下组合:HPN域取值2,FDRA域的比特为全1。此时,终端设备不能根据FDRA域区分所接收到的DCI是用于激活还是释放,也就无法利用FDRA域提高释放DCI的validation性能。On the other hand, the value of the released FDRA field in the DCI determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released may be a valid value for frequency domain resource allocation. For example, in a joint release scenario, the value of the HPN field in a certain DCI is 2, indicating the state of an authorization that is associated with multiple sets of second configuration (for example, two sets of second For authorization of class configuration, the resource allocation types are all type 1). At this time, the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second type of configuration, and the determined value should be all 1s, because all 1s are for the two sets of second type configurations with indexes 6 and 7 In terms of authorization, they are all invalid frequency domain resource allocations. However, in an activation scenario, the value of the HPN field in the DCI may also be 2. At this time, the HPN field indicates the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated (for example, the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 2, which The resource allocation type is type 0), and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with an index of 2 is type 0, so all 1s are effective frequency domain resource allocation. In this case, no matter whether DCI is activated or DCI is released, the HPN field and the FDRA field may have the following combinations: the HPN field takes a value of 2, and the bits of the FDRA field are all ones. At this time, the terminal device cannot distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA domain, and thus cannot use the FDRA domain to improve the verification performance of the released DCI.
本申请实施例考虑到以上的问题,认为为了支持第二类配置的授权的联合释放的应用,且利用FDRA域来提高validation可靠性,需要明确用于释放的FDRA域的值不是激活的有效值。因此,本申请实施例中,在用于联合释放的DCI中,根据索引与HPN域的值相同的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,例如网络侧设备将其设置成对应无效资源分配的值,这样终端设备就可以根据FDRA域区分所接收到的DCI是用于激活还是释放,从而利用FDRA域提高释放DCI的validation性能。Taking into account the above problems, the embodiments of this application consider that in order to support the application of the authorized joint release of the second type of configuration and use the FDRA field to improve the reliability of authentication, it is necessary to make it clear that the value of the FDRA field used for release is not an active valid value. . Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in the DCI used for joint release, the value of the FDRA field is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN field, for example, the network side device sets it In this way, the terminal device can distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA field, so that the FDRA field can be used to improve the verification performance of DCI release.
下面结合说明书附图对本发明实施例作进一步详细描述。The embodiments of the present invention will be described in further detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings of the specification.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于5G系统,或者应用于未来的通信系统或其他类似的通信系统。另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于蜂窝链路、PLMN网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D) 链路。D2D链路,也可以称为sidelink,其中侧行链路也可以称为边链路或副链路等。在本申请实施例中,上述的术语都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的链路,有第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project,3GPP)的版本(Rel)-12/13定义的D2D链路,也有3GPP为车联网定义的车到车、车到手机、或车到任何实体的V2X链路,包括Rel-14/15。还包括目前3GPP正在研究的Rel-16及后续版本的基于NR系统的V2X链路等。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to 5G systems, or applied to future communication systems or other similar communication systems. In addition, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a cellular link, a PLMN network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, an Internet of things (IoT) network, or other networks. It can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links. The D2D link can also be called a sidelink, and the side link can also be called a side link or a secondary link. In the embodiments of the present application, the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning. The so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node. This application The embodiment does not limit this. For the link between terminal equipment and terminal equipment, there are D2D links defined by the third generation partnership project (Rel)-12/13 of the third generation partnership project (3GPP), and there are also cars defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles. V2X link to car, car to mobile phone, or car to any entity, including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
请参考图2,为本申请实施例所应用的一种应用场景,或者说是本申请实施例应用的一种网络架构。在图2中包括网络设备和6个终端设备,应理解,图2中的终端设备的数量仅是举例,还可以更多或者更少,该网络架构还可以包括其他网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图2中未示出。网络设备是终端设备通过无线接入网络的接入设备,可以是基站。其中,网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在第四代移动通信技术(4th-generation,4G)系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应gNB;这6个终端设备可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统上通信的任意其它适合设备,且均可以与网络设备连接。这六个终端设备均能够与网络设备通信。当然图2中的终端设备的数量只是举例,还可以更少或更多。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is an application scenario applied by the embodiment of this application, or a network architecture applied by the embodiment of this application. Figure 2 includes network equipment and 6 terminal equipment. It should be understood that the number of terminal equipment in Figure 2 is only an example, and may be more or less. The network architecture may also include other network equipment, such as The wireless relay device and the wireless backhaul device are not shown in FIG. 2. A network device is an access device that a terminal device accesses to the network via wireless, and may be a base station. Among them, network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in the fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4th-generation, 4G) system, it can correspond to eNB, and in 5G system, it can correspond to gNB; these 6 terminal devices can be cellular phones. , Smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable devices for communicating on wireless communication systems, and all of them can be connected to network devices. These six terminal devices can all communicate with network devices. Of course, the number of terminal devices in FIG. 2 is just an example, and it may be less or more.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是处于连接状态的终端设备,也可以是处于非连接状态(如非激活INACTIVE态)的终端设备。本申请实施例可以适用于上行信号传输,也可以适用于下行信号传输,还可以适用于D2D的信号传输。对于下行信号传输,发送设备是网络设备,对应的接收设备是终端设备;对于上行信号传输,发送设备是终端设备,对应的接收设备是网络设备;对于D2D的信号传输,发送设备是终端设备,接收设备也是终端设备。例如如图2虚线区域示意的3个终端设备可以适用于D2D的信号传输,本申请实施例对信号传输的方向不作限制。对于下行信号传输而言,本申请实施例可以采用SPS机制,对于上行信号传输而言,本申请实施例可以采用配置的授权传输。下文以终端设备进行上行信号传输为例,下行信号传输类似。在一个示例中,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息携带上行授权,用于授权终端在指定的时频资源上使用指定的参数,例如MCS发送上行数据终端设备,网络设备接收来自终端设备的数据。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device in a connected state, or a terminal device in a non-connected state (such as an inactive INACTIVE state). The embodiments of the present application can be applied to uplink signal transmission, can also be applied to downlink signal transmission, and can also be applied to D2D signal transmission. For downlink signal transmission, the sending device is a network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal device; for uplink signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal device and the corresponding receiving device is a network device; for D2D signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal device. The receiving device is also a terminal device. For example, three terminal devices as indicated by the dashed area in FIG. 2 may be suitable for D2D signal transmission, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the direction of signal transmission. For downlink signal transmission, the embodiment of the present application may use the SPS mechanism, and for the uplink signal transmission, the embodiment of the present application may use configured authorized transmission. In the following, the uplink signal transmission by the terminal equipment is taken as an example, and the downlink signal transmission is similar. In an example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information carries the uplink authorization, which is used to authorize the terminal to use the specified parameters on the specified time-frequency resource. For example, the MCS sends the uplink data to the terminal device, and the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device. The data of the terminal device.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,请参见图3,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图2所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置。为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是终端设备、第二通信装置是网络设备为例。例如,下文中终端设备可以是图2中的6个终端设备中的任意一个终端设备,下文中网络设备可以是图2中的网络设备。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过网络设备和终端设备执行为例,并不限制于这种场景。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 is taken as an example. In addition, the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device. For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a terminal device and the second communication device is a network device. For example, the terminal device in the following may be any one of the six terminal devices in FIG. 2, and the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 2. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminal equipment as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程描述如下。The process of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described as follows.
S301、网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备接收该配置信息,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包含一个或多个状态,每个状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。S301. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information. The configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration.
S302、网络设备根据用于激活的DCI中的第一域的值配置DCI中的FDRA域的值。S302. The network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the value of the first field in the DCI used for activation.
S303、网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,终端设备接收该DCI,该DCI的第一域指示第一状态。应理解,第一状态为释放状态集中的状态,且第一状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。S303. The network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the DCI, and the first field of the DCI indicates the first state. It should be understood that the first state is a state in the release state collection, and the first state is associated with one or more sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
这里第一域可以认为是DCI的一个字段,当DCI用于激活第二类配置的授权,第一域可以认为是激活域,用于指示激活的第二类配置的授权;当DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,第一域可以认为是释放域,用于指示释放的第二类配置的授权,例如DCI用于释放多套第二类配置的授权,那么该第一域可以用于指示释放状态集中的状态。在一些实施例中,第一域可以是DCI中的HPN域,也可以是HARQ进程数域,下文中,以第一域为HPN域为例。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,一个域的值在一些实施例中也可以理解为该域承载的值。Here, the first field can be considered as a field of DCI. When DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field can be considered as the activation field, which is used to indicate the authorization of the activated second type of configuration; when the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. For the authorization of the second type of configuration, the first domain can be regarded as the release domain, which is used to indicate the authorization of the released second type of configuration. For example, DCI is used to release multiple sets of authorization of the second type of configuration, then the first domain can be used for Indicates the state in the release state set. In some embodiments, the first domain may be the HPN domain in the DCI or the HARQ process number domain. In the following, the first domain is the HPN domain as an example. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the value of a domain may also be understood as the value carried by the domain in some embodiments.
终端设备接收DCI,在进行validation之前,需要判断该DCI是用于激活第二类配置的授权,还是用于释放第二类配置的授权,以进一步提升释放DCI的validation性能。The terminal device receives the DCI, and before performing verification, it needs to determine whether the DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration or to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, so as to further improve the verification performance of releasing the DCI.
针对联合释放的场景,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息可以用于配置释放多套第二类配置的授权。例如该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,该释放状态集包含一个状态或者多个状态,每个状态可以关联一套第二类配置的授权,也可以关联多套第二类配置的授权。具体释放哪一套或哪几套第二类配置的授权,网络设备可以通过DCI另外指示。例如DCI中的第一域指示的值为5,表示释放状态为5的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。For the scenario of joint release, the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information can be used to configure the authorization to release multiple sets of the second type of configuration. For example, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes one state or multiple states, and each state can be associated with a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration or multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration. Specifically, which set or sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration are released, the network device can additionally indicate through the DCI. For example, the value indicated by the first field in the DCI is 5, which means that all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state of the 5 state are released.
同一个状态关联的多套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型可能相同,如果按照现有技术,根据所释放的第二类配置的授权确定激活DCI中的FDRA域的值,所确定的FDRA域的值可能既对激活第二类配置的授权有效,又对释放第二类配置的授权有效。例如状态为5的状态关联索引为6和7的两套第二类配置的授权,这两套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为1,那么释放DCI的FDRA为全1。而如果DCI用于激活索引为5的第二类配置的授权,FDRA全1对第二类配置的授权的激活是有效的,这就导致网络设备或者终端设备无法区分DCI是用于激活或释放。The resource allocation types of authorizations for multiple sets of type 2 configurations associated with the same state may be the same. If according to the prior art, the value of the FDRA field in the activated DCI is determined according to the authorization of the released type 2 configuration, the determined FDRA is The value of the domain may be valid for both the authorization to activate the second type of configuration and the authorization to release the second type of configuration. For example, two sets of authorizations of the second type configuration with the status association index of 6 and 7 in the status 5, and the resource allocation types of the authorizations of the two second types of configurations are both 1, then the FDRA for releasing the DCI is all 1. If DCI is used for the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index of 5, FDRA all 1 is effective for the activation of the authorization of the second type of configuration, which causes the network equipment or terminal equipment to be unable to distinguish whether the DCI is used for activation or release. .
同一个状态关联的多套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型也可能不同,如果按照现有技术,根据所释放的第二类配置的授权确定激活DCI中的FDRA域的值,由于多套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型不同,无法确定要使用哪一套第二类配置的授权,即目前确定FDRA域的值的方法不适用于联合释放的场景。The resource allocation types of authorizations for multiple sets of second-type configurations associated with the same state may also be different. If according to the prior art, the value of the FDRA field in the activated DCI is determined according to the released authorization of the second-type configuration, because there are multiple sets of authorizations. The resource allocation types of authorizations of the second type of configuration are different, and it is impossible to determine which set of authorizations of the second type of configuration to be used. That is, the current method of determining the value of the FDRA domain is not applicable to the scenario of joint release.
所以,需要明确释放DCI中FDRA域所设置的值是一个非有效值,即该值不会被用于激活DCI,然而针对联合释放场景,如何配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,还没有定义。Therefore, it is necessary to make it clear that the value set in the FDRA field in the release of the DCI is an invalid value, that is, the value will not be used to activate the DCI. However, for the joint release scenario, how to configure the value of the FDRA field in the release of the DCI is not defined yet .
本申请实施例在联合释放的场景中,可以明确用于释放的DCI中的FDRA域的值,以满足当FDRA的取值表示激活时,可以表示无效释放,或者当FDRA的取值表示无效激活时,可以表示有效释放,这样就可以根据FDRA域区分所接收到的DCI是用于激活还是释放,从而利用FDRA域提高释放DCI的validation性能。In the scenario of joint release, the embodiment of the present application may specify the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be released, so that when the value of FDRA indicates activation, it may indicate invalid release, or when the value of FDRA indicates invalid activation When the time, it can indicate the effective release. In this way, it is possible to distinguish whether the received DCI is used for activation or release according to the FDRA domain, so that the FDRA domain can be used to improve the validation performance of the DCI release.
作为一种可能实现的方式,网络设备可以根据用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中的HPN域的值来配置DCI中的FDRA域的值。为了便于描述,下文中,将用于激活第二类配置的授权的DCI称为激活DCI,将用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI称为释放DCI。As a possible implementation manner, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the value of the HPN field in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. For ease of description, hereinafter, the authorized DCI used to activate the second type of configuration is referred to as activated DCI, and the authorized DCI used to release the second type of configuration is referred to as released DCI.
HPN域在激活DCI用于指示所激活第二类配置的授权,在释放DCI中用于指示所释 放的第二类配置的授权,但是HPN域在具体的指示方法上有所不同。在激活DCI中,HPN域直接指示一套具体的被激活的第二类配置的授权,例如指示所要激活的第二类配置的授权的索引。例如高层配置的第二类配置的授权的索引为1-16,HPN域可以占用4比特,HPN域的值为0-15,0-15内的一个取值对应一套第二类配置的授权的索引。示例性的,HPN域的值为0,对应指示索引为1的第二类配置的授权;HPN域的值为1,对应指示索引为2的第二类配置的授权,等等。在一些实施例中,高层第二类配置的授权的索引也可以是0-15,在这种情况下,HPN域的值为0,对应指示索引为0的第二类配置的授权;HPN域的值为1,对应指示索引为1的第二类配置的授权,等等。应理解,如果存在某个第二类配置的授权的索引与激活DCI中的HPN域的值相同,也就是存在激活DCI指示的第二类配置的授权。如果不存在第二类配置的授权的索引与激活DCI中的HPN域的值相同,也就是激活DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引都不相同,那么不存在对应的第二类配置的授权,可以认为激活DCI是错误的,这种情况下,网络设备可以丢弃该激活DCI。The HPN domain is used to indicate the authorization of the activated second type of configuration when activating the DCI, and is used to indicate the authorization of the released second type of configuration in the release of the DCI, but the HPN domain is different in specific indication methods. In activating DCI, the HPN field directly indicates a specific set of authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated, for example, indicates the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration to be activated. For example, the authorization index of the second type of configuration configured by the higher layer is 1-16, the HPN field can occupy 4 bits, the value of the HPN field is 0-15, and a value in 0-15 corresponds to a set of authorization of the second type of configuration index of. Exemplarily, the value of the HPN domain is 0, which corresponds to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with an index of 1; the value of the HPN domain is 1, which corresponds to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with the index of 2, and so on. In some embodiments, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration at a higher level can also be 0-15. In this case, the value of the HPN field is 0, which corresponds to the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 0; the HPN field The value of is 1, corresponding to the authorization indicating the second type of configuration with index 1, and so on. It should be understood that if there is an authorization index for a certain second type of configuration that is the same as the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI, that is, there is an authorization to activate the second type of configuration indicated by the DCI. If there is no authorization index of the second type of configuration that is the same as the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI, that is, the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, then no There is a corresponding authorization for the second type of configuration, and it can be considered that the activation of the DCI is wrong. In this case, the network device can discard the activation of the DCI.
而在释放DCI中,HPN域可以直接指示高层配置的释放状态集中的一个状态,该状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权为所要释放的第二类配置的授权。In the release of the DCI, the HPN field can directly indicate a state in the release state set configured by the higher layer, and the authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state is the authorization of the second type of configuration to be released.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,在用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中,HPN域用于指示一个状态。具体地,若网络设备未给终端设备配置释放状态集,释放DCI中的HPN域指示的是第二类配置的授权的索引;若网络设备给终端设备配置了释放状态集,释放DCI中的HPN域指示的是状态,而非某一套第二类配置的授权的索引。在HPN域指示一个状态的情况下,虽然HPN域的功能并不是用于指示某一套具体的第二类配置的授权,但是也可能会存在某一套具体的第二类配置的授权与HPN域的取值相对应,或者HPN域的取值也会对应某一套具体的第二类配置的授权。这里的存在某一套具体的第二类配置的授权与HPN域的取值相对应具体可以指,例如,当第二类配置的授权的索引从0开始编号时,HPN域的取值对应一套索引与HPN的值相同的第二类配置的授权,或者当第二类配置的授权的索引从1开始编号时,HPN域的取值对应一套索引减1之后与HPN的值相同的第二类配置的授权。换句话说,当终端接收到DCI,且该DCI被CS-RNTI加扰、NDI取值为0时,终端并不能根据这些信息确定该DCI是用于激活某一套第二类配置的授权,还是用于释放某一套或多套第二类配置的授权,即终端不能确定该DCI中的HPN域此时是用于指示某一套要被激活的第二类配置的授权,还是用于指示一个状态。所以,在释放DCI中,HPN域的取值所对应的某一套具体的第二类配置的授权也可以理解为,假设该DCI用于激活第二类配置的授权时,HPN域的值所指示的那套第二类配置的授权。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, the HPN field is used to indicate a state. Specifically, if the network device does not configure the release state set for the terminal device, the HPN field in the release DCI indicates the authorized index of the second type of configuration; if the network device configures the release state set for the terminal device, release the HPN in the DCI The domain indicates the status, not the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration. In the case that the HPN domain indicates a status, although the function of the HPN domain is not used to indicate a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration, there may also be a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration and HPN. The value of the domain corresponds, or the value of the HPN domain will also correspond to a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration. Here, there is a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field. For example, when the index of the authorization for the second type of configuration is numbered from 0, the value of the HPN field corresponds to one. A set of authorizations of the second type of configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN, or when the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is numbered starting from 1, the value of the HPN field corresponds to the first set of indexes that are the same as the value of HPN after subtracting 1. Authorization of the second type of configuration. In other words, when the terminal receives DCI and the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the NDI value is 0, the terminal cannot determine that the DCI is an authorization for activating a certain set of type 2 configurations based on this information. It is still used to release a certain set or multiple sets of authorization for the second type of configuration, that is, the terminal cannot determine whether the HPN field in the DCI is used to indicate a certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration to be activated at this time, or for Indicates a status. Therefore, in the release of the DCI, the authorization of a specific type 2 configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN domain can also be understood as assuming that when the DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type configuration, the value of the HPN domain is Authorization of the second type of configuration indicated.
另外需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,在用于释放第二类配置的授权的DCI中,HPN域用于指示一个状态。这种情况下,也可能不存在某一套具体的第二类配置的授权与HPN域的取值相对应,或者HPN域的取值不对应任意一套具体的第二类配置的授权。具体是指,例如,当第二类配置的授权的索引从0开始编号时,HPN域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引都不相同,或者当第二类配置的授权的索引从1开始编号时,HPN域的取值加1之后与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引都不相同。还可以理解为,假设该DCI用于激活第二类配置的授权时,HPN域的值没有指示任何一套第二类配置的授权,或HPN域的值所指示的第二类配置的授权没有被网络侧设备配置。In addition, it should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, in the DCI used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, the HPN field is used to indicate a state. In this case, there may not be a specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field, or the value of the HPN field may not correspond to any specific set of authorization for the second type of configuration. Specifically, for example, when the authorization index of the second type of configuration is numbered from 0, the value of the HPN field is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, or when the authorization of the second type of configuration is indexed When the index number starts from 1, the value of the HPN field plus 1 is different from the authorized index of any set of the second type of configuration. It can also be understood that when the DCI is used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration, the value of the HPN field does not indicate any set of authorization for the second type of configuration, or the value of the HPN field indicates that the authorization of the second type of configuration does not Configured by the network side device.
本申请实施例旨在如何配置用于释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,以适用于联合释放的场 景。针对释放DCI中的HPN域的值是否与某套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,网络设备配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值有所不同。下面分别介绍存在某套第二类配置的授权与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相对应的情况下,网络设备如何配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值;以及不存在某套第二类配置的授权与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相对应的情况下,网络设备如何配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。应理解,某套第二类配置的授权可以为网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The embodiment of this application aims at how to configure the value of the FDRA field used to release the DCI to be applicable to the scene of joint release. Regarding whether the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is the same as the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI of the network device is different. The following respectively describes how the network device configures the release of the value of the FDRA field in the DCI when there is a certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the release of the DCI; and there is no set of second type of configuration When the authorization corresponds to the value of the HPN field in the release of the DCI, how the network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the release of the DCI. It should be understood that a certain set of authorizations for the second type of configuration may be one set of authorizations for the second type of configuration among multiple sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device.
第一种情况,存在某一套第二类配置的授权与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相对应,例如释放DCI中的HPN域的值与某个第二类配置的授权的索引相同。网络设备可以根据索引与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相同的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型不同,所配置的DCI中的FDRA域的值也有所不同,下面举例介绍。In the first case, there is a certain set of authorization for the second type of configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, for example, the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a certain second type of configuration. The network device can configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration whose index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is different. The value of the FDRA field in the configured DCI is also different, and the following examples are introduced.
第一示例,如果该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为全0。In the first example, if the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all 0s.
例如,释放DCI中的HPN域的值为5,且存在索引例如为5的第二类配置的授权,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0。网络设备配置释放状态集,所配置的释放状态集包括状态5,状态5关联两套第二类配置的授权,这两套第二类配置的授权的索引为7和8,且这两套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为1。如果按照现有技术,网络设备根据要释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定FDRA域的值,那么所确定的FDRA域的值是全1。但是FDRA域的值为全1,对于索引为5的第二类配置的授权来说,是一个有效的频域资源分配,因此,用于激活索引为5的第二类配置的授权的DCI中,也可能出现HPN域的值为5、同时FDRA域的值为全1的情形。这种情况下,HPN域取值为5的激活DCI和释放DCI中,FDRA的取值都可能为全1,所以终端设备不能根据其中的FDRA域区分该DCI的功能。For example, the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0. The network device configures the release state set. The configured release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration. The indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8, and the two sets of authorizations The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1. If according to the prior art, the network device determines the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released, then the determined value of the FDRA field is all ones. However, the value of the FDRA domain is all 1, which is an effective frequency domain resource allocation for the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. Therefore, it is used to activate the DCI of the authorization of the second type of configuration with the index of 5. , It may happen that the value of the HPN field is 5 and the value of the FDRA field is all 1. In this case, in both the activated DCI and the released DCI with the HPN field value of 5, the value of FDRA may be all 1, so the terminal device cannot distinguish the function of the DCI according to the FDRA field.
在本申请实施例中,如果HPN域的值为5,且存在索引为例如为5的第二类配置的授权,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0。按照本申请实施例提供的方法,网络设备可以根据索引为5的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型即0,配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。应理解,网络设备配置DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,除配置DCI中的FDRA域的值以外,还可以配置例如DCI中的MCS域的值、RV域的值等。例如网络设备配置可以配置DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,RV域的值为全0。In the embodiment of the present application, if the value of the HPN field is 5 and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration whose index is 5, for example, the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 0. According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the network device can configure the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI to be all 0 according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration with the index of 5, that is, 0. It should be understood that the network device configures the DCI to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. In addition to configuring the value of the FDRA field in the DCI, for example, the value of the MCS field and the value of the RV field in the DCI may also be configured. For example, the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s and the value of the RV field to all 0s.
对于终端设备而言,当确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,且该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0时,且FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。相反,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,且该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0时,且确定FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。For the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device When the value of the HPN field is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second type configuration is 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the second Authorization for class configuration. On the contrary, if the terminal device determines that the authorized index of a certain set of second configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, and the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second configuration is 0 , And it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
例如终端设备在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全 0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。For example, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The value of the HPN field in the DCI is the same. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is All 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the second types associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Authorization for class configuration.
或者,网络设备除配置DCI中的FDRA域的值、DCI中的MCS域的值、RV域的值以外,还可以配置DCI中的UL-SCH域的值。例如网络设备配置可以配置DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0。那么对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。可见该方案可以适用于联合释放的场景,即明确根据释放DCI中的HPN域的值来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。同时该方案使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。Alternatively, in addition to configuring the value of the FDRA field in the DCI, the value of the MCS field in the DCI, and the value of the RV field in the DCI, the network device may also configure the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI. For example, the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s, the value of the RV field to all 0s, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI to all 0s. For the terminal device, if it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The index of the authorization is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, the authorized resource allocation type of this certain set of second configuration is 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the MCS in the DCI The value of the field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device It is possible to release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
第二示例,如果该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为全1。In the second example, if the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all 1.
例如,释放DCI中的HPN域的值为5,且存在索引例如为5的第二类配置的授权,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1。网络设备配置释放状态集,所配置的释放状态集包括状态5,状态5关联两套第二类配置的授权,这两套第二类配置的授权的索引为7和8,且这两套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为0。如果按照现有技术,网络设备根据要释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定FDRA域的值,那么所确定的FDRA域的值是全0。但是FDRA域的值为全0,对于索引为5的第二类配置的授权来说,是一个有效的频域资源分配,因此,用于激活索引为5的第二类配置的授权的DCI中,也可能出现HPN域的值为5、同时FDRA域的值为全0的情形。这种情况下,HPN域取值为5的激活DCI和释放DCI中,FDRA的取值都可能为全0,所以终端设备不能根据其中的FDRA域区分该DCI的功能。For example, the value of the HPN field in the release DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 1. The network device configures the release state set. The configured release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration. The indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8, and the two sets of authorizations The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0. If according to the prior art, the network device determines the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration to be released, then the determined value of the FDRA field is all 0s. However, the value of the FDRA domain is all 0, which is an effective frequency domain resource allocation for the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. Therefore, it is used to activate the DCI of the authorization of the second type of configuration with an index of 5. , It may also happen that the value of the HPN field is 5 and the value of the FDRA field is all 0. In this case, in both the activated DCI and the released DCI with the HPN field value of 5, the value of FDRA may be all 0s, so the terminal device cannot distinguish the function of the DCI according to the FDRA field.
在本申请实施例中,如果HPN域的值为5,且存在索引为例如为5的第二类配置的授权,该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1。按照本申请实施例提供的方法,网络设备可以根据索引为5的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型即1,配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。In the embodiment of the present application, if the value of the HPN domain is 5 and there is an authorization of the second type of configuration whose index is 5, for example, the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is 1. According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the network device can configure the release of the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be all 1s according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration with the index of 5, that is, 1.
对于终端设备而言,当确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,如果确定该FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。相反,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,且确定该FDRA域的值为全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。For the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is authorized for a certain set of type 2 configurations configured by the terminal device The index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the first configuration. Authorization of the second type of configuration. On the contrary, if the terminal device determines that the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, the authorized resource allocation type of the certain set of second type configuration is 1, and If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
例如终端设备在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,且终端设备确定 DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1、DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,又例如终端设备在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。可见该方案可以适用于联合释放的场景,即明确根据释放DCI中的HPN域的值来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。同时该方案使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。For example, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is the authorized index of a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The value of the HPN field in the DCI is the same. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the second type associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI Configured authorization. Or, for another example, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of second type configuration configured by the terminal device The authorized index is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the MCS field in the DCI The value of is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can Release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
第三示例,如果该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为非全0。In the third example, if the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be non-all zeros.
例如,释放DCI中的HPN域的值为5,且存在索引为例如5的第二类配置的授权,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型。网络设备配置释放状态集包括状态5,状态5关联两套第二类配置的授权,这两套第二类配置的授权的索引为7和8。此时,用于激活索引为5的第二类配置的授权的激活DCI中,FDRA域的取值不可能是全0,因此,用于释放状态5所关联的第二类配置的授权的释放DCI中,可以将FDRA域设置成全0,当终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。For example, the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of a second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type. The network device configuration release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8. At this time, in the activated DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index of 5, the value of the FDRA field cannot be all 0s. Therefore, it is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the release state 5. In DCI, the FDRA field can be set to all 0s. When the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of terminal device configuration The authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 0s, Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the terminal device determines that the authorization index of a certain set of second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI, The resource allocation type of the authorization of the certain set of second type configuration is dynamic. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,又例如对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。可见该方案可以适用于联合释放的场景,即明确根据激活DCI中的HPN域的值来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。同时该方案使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI 的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain configuration of the terminal device The authorization index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the HPN field in the DCI. Authorization of all second-type configurations associated with the indicated state. Or, for another example, for a terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of the terminal device configuration The authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration , The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the verification performance of DCI release.
第四示例,如果该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为全1。In a fourth example, if the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA field to be all ones.
例如,释放DCI中的HPN域的值为5,且存在索引为例如5的第二类配置的授权,该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型。网络设备配置释放状态集包括状态5,状态5关联两套第二类配置的授权,这两套第二类配置的授权的索引为7和8。此时,用于激活索引为5的第二类配置的授权的激活DCI中,FDRA域的取值不可能是全1,因此,用于释放状态5所关联的第二类配置的授权的释放DCI中,可以将FDRA域设置成全1,当终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。For example, the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is 5, and there is an authorization of a second type of configuration with an index of, for example, 5, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type. The network device configuration release state set includes state 5, and state 5 is associated with two sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the indexes of the authorizations of the two sets of second type of configuration are 7 and 8. At this time, in the activated DCI used to activate the authorization of the second type of configuration with the activation index of 5, the value of the FDRA field cannot be all 1s. Therefore, it is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the release state 5. In DCI, the FDRA field can be set to all 1s. When the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a set of configuration for the terminal device The authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,又例如对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定网络设备为终端设备配置的某套第二类配置的授权的索引与DCI中的HPN域的值相同,该某套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。可见该方案可以适用于联合释放的场景,即明确根据激活DCI中的HPN域的值来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。同时该方案使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain configuration of the terminal device The authorization index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the HPN field in the DCI. Authorization of all second-type configurations associated with the indicated state. Or, for another example, for a terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the network device is a certain set of the terminal device configuration The authorized index of the second type of configuration is the same as the value of the HPN field in the DCI. The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration , The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It can be seen that this solution can be applied to the scenario of joint release, that is, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI is explicitly configured according to the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI. At the same time, the solution enables network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the functions of DCI, thereby improving the validation performance of DCI release.
应理解上述第三示例和第四示例,也可以认为,当该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,系统或者标准可以定义释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0或者全1,或者默认释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0或全1。It should be understood that the third and fourth examples above can also be considered that when the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic, the system or standard may define the value of the FDRA field in the release DCI to be all 0s or all 1s. , Or release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default, all 0s or all 1s.
第二种情况,不存在某一套第二类配置的授权与释放DCI中的HPN域的值相对应,例如释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。In the second case, there is no authorization for a certain set of second type configuration that corresponds to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI. For example, the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization for the second type of configuration. same.
示例性的,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。对于终端设备而言,当终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。Exemplarily, the network device may be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s. For the terminal device, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, then the terminal device It can be determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI 的NDI域的值为0的情况下,释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,又例如对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released with any set of values. The authorized indexes of the second type of configuration are different. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then The terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, for another example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released with any set of second The authorized indexes of the class configuration are different. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0. The value of the UL-SCH field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI .
示例性的,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为全1。对于终端设备而言,当终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。Exemplarily, the network device may configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all ones. For the terminal device, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI and any set of authorization of the second type configuration are released If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is determined If it is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,例如对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,又例如对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the value of the HPN field in the DCI is released and any one The authorization indexes of the second set of configurations are not the same. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, for another example, for the terminal device, if it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1s , And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type With the authorization of configuration, the terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
应理解,如果释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,对于网络侧来说,可以默认或者系统定义或者标准定义释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,相对而言,对于终端侧来说,如果接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。当然,在一些实施例中,如果释放DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,对于网络侧来说,可以默认或者系统定义或者标准定义释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,相对而言,对于终端侧来说,如果接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。It should be understood that if the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is not the same as the authorized index of any set of the second type of configuration, for the network side, the value of the FDRA field in the released DCI can be defaulted or defined by the system or standards. All 0, relatively speaking, for the terminal side, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 0, then the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Of course, in some embodiments, if the value of the HPN field in the released DCI is not the same as the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, for the network side, the default or system-defined or standard-defined release of the DCI can be The value of the FDRA field is all 1, relatively speaking, for the terminal side, if the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, then the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,与上述网络设备根据释放DCI中的HPN域的值来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值不同,请参见图4,基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法,该方法应用于图2所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置。为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是终端设备、第二通信装置是网络设备为例。例如,下文中终端设备可以是图2中的6个终端设备中的任意一个终端设备,下文中网络设备可以是图2中的网络设备。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过网络设备和终端设备执行为例,并不限制于这种场景。As another possible implementation manner, unlike the above-mentioned network device configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the value of the HPN field in the release DCI, please refer to FIG. 4, based on the same inventive concept, the embodiment of the present application provides a first Two communication methods, this method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 as an example. In addition, the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device. For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a terminal device and the second communication device is a network device. For example, the terminal device in the following may be any one of the six terminal devices in FIG. 2, and the network device in the following may be the network device in FIG. 2. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminal equipment as an example, and are not limited to this scenario.
在该方法中,网络设备可以根据释放DCI中HPN所指示的状态所关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,具体的流程描述如下。In this method, the network device can release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the state indicated by the HPN in the release DCI. The specific process is described as follows.
S401、网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备接收该配置信息,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包含一个或多个状态,每个状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。S401. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information. The configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes one or more states, and each state is associated with one or more sets of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration.
S402、网络设备根据至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型,配置要发送给终端设备的DCI中FDRA域的值。S402: The network device configures the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be sent to the terminal device according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types configured in the second type.
S403、网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,终端设备接收该DCI,该DCI的第一域指示第一状态。应理解,第一状态为所述释放状态集中的状态,且第一状态关联一套或多套第二类配置的授权。S403. The network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the DCI, and the first field of the DCI indicates the first state. It should be understood that the first state is a state in the release state set, and the first state is associated with one or more sets of authorizations of the second type of configuration.
应理解,上述S401与S301一致,具体可参考上述S301的介绍,上述S402与S302一致,具体可参考上述S302的介绍,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the foregoing S401 and S301 are consistent, and the foregoing description of S301 may be referred to for details, and the foregoing S402 and S302 are consistent, and the foregoing description of S302 may be referred to for details, which will not be repeated here.
如果释放DCI用于释放多套第二类配置的授权,一种可能的场景中,这多套第二类配置的授权中,至少存在两套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型不同,这种情况下,网络设备和终端设备是无法根据所释放的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型配置FDRA域的值,即针对联合释放场景,目前还没有如何配置释放DCI的FDRA域的方案。If the release of DCI is used to release multiple sets of authorizations for the second configuration, in a possible scenario, among the authorizations for the multiple second configurations, at least two sets of authorizations for the second configuration have different resource allocation types. In this case, the network device and the terminal device cannot configure the value of the FDRA field according to the authorized resource allocation type of the released second configuration. That is, for the joint release scenario, there is currently no solution how to configure the FDRA field for releasing the DCI.
而本申请实施例提供的方案中,网络设备根据DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,即确定如何配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,以适用于联合释放的场景,使得当释放状态集中的一个状态关联了资源分配类型不同的第二类配置的授权时,能够使用FDRA域进行validation,从而提升利用FDRA域进行validation的性能。In the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI, that is, determines how to configure Release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to apply to the joint release scenario, so that when a state in the release state set is associated with the authorization of the second type of configuration with different resource allocation types, the FDRA field can be used for verification, thereby improving utilization The performance of the FDRA domain for validation.
资源分配类型包括类型0、类型1和动态类型,根据DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型的不同,网络设备配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值也有所不同。这里假设DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权包括例如索引为6、7和8的第二类配置的授权。下面根据这至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型的不同,举例示意网络设备如何配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,可能包括如下的几种情况:Resource allocation types include type 0, type 1, and dynamic type. According to the different types of authorized resource allocation associated with at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI, the network device configuration releases the FDRA field in the DCI. The value is also different. It is assumed here that at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes authorizations of the second type of configuration with indexes of 6, 7, and 8, for example. The following is an example of how the network device configures and releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to the different types of authorized resource allocation of this at least one set of the second type of configuration, which may include the following situations:
第一示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,网络设备配置FDRA域的值为全0。In the first example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, the value of the FDRA field configured by the network device is all 0.
例如索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,索引为7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。或者例如索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,索引为7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为1,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。或者例如索引为6、7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为0,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。上述的三种示例,网络设备都可以配置FDRA域的值为全0。For example, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is the dynamic type, and the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI. For all 0s. Or, for example, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is both 1, and the network device can be configured to release the FDRA domain in the DCI The value is all 0s. Or, for example, the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes of 6, 7 and 8 are all 0, and the network device may be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s. In the above three examples, the network device can configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all 0s.
如果资源分配类型为类型0,且DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么对于激活DCI而言,该激活DCI是无效的,所以可以表示有效的释放DCI。对于终端设备而言,当确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反如果 确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。If the resource allocation type is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then for the activated DCI, the activated DCI is invalid, so it can indicate that the DCI is effectively released. For the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine The DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
在一些实施例中,网络设备配置DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,除配置DCI中的FDRA域的值以外,还可以配置例如DCI中的MCS域的值、RV域的值等。例如网络设备配置可以配置DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,RV域的值为全0。In some embodiments, the network device configures the DCI to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. In addition to configuring the value of the FDRA field in the DCI, for example, the value of the MCS field and the value of the RV field in the DCI may also be configured. For example, the network device configuration can configure the value of the MCS field in the DCI to be all 1s and the value of the RV field to all 0s.
那么对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。又或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。通过该方案可以明确联合释放场景中,根据多套第二类配置的授权中的哪个资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,能够使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。For the terminal device, if it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration The resource allocation type of includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is All 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, And the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type of configuration The terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Through this solution, it can be clarified that in the joint release scenario, the value of the FDRA field is determined according to which resource allocation type in the authorization of multiple sets of second configurations, which can enable network equipment and terminal equipment to distinguish the function of DCI, thereby improving the release of DCI Verify performance.
应理解,索引为6、7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为0,也可以认为网络设备不会为第二类配置的授权配置类型为1或动态类型的资源分配类型,这种情况下,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。对于终端设备而言,当确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。It should be understood that the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes 6, 7 and 8 are all 0, and it can also be considered that the network device will not be the second type of configuration with the authorized configuration type of 1 or the dynamic type of resource allocation type. In this case, the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s. For the terminal device, when it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
第二示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,网络设备配置FDRA域的值为全1。In the second example, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, the network device configures the value of the FDRA field to be all 1.
例如索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,索引为7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型。或者例如索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,索引为7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为1。或者例如索引为6、7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为1。上述的三种示例,网络设备都可以配置FDRA域的值为全1。For example, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 1, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is dynamic type. Or, for example, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with an index of 6 is 1, and the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 are both 1. Or, for example, the authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configurations with indexes of 6, 7, and 8 are all 1. In the above three examples, the network device can all configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all ones.
如果资源分配类型为类型1,且DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,那么对于激活DCI而言,该激活DCI是无效的,所以可以表示有效的释放DCI。当终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果确定接收的DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。通过该方案可以明确联合释放场景中,根据多套第二类配置的授权中的哪个资源分配类型来确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,能够使得网络设备和终端设备区分DCI的功能,从而可以提升释放DCI的validation性能。If the resource allocation type is Type 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, then for the activated DCI, the activated DCI is invalid, so it can indicate that the DCI is effectively released. When the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the received DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used To release the authorization of the second type of configuration. Through this solution, it can be clarified that in the joint release scenario, the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is determined to be released according to which resource allocation type in the authorizations of multiple sets of second configurations, so that the network equipment and the terminal equipment can distinguish the functions of the DCI, so that the function of the DCI can be distinguished. Improve the verification performance of the release of DCI.
应理解,索引为6、7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为1,也可以认为网络设备不会为第二类配置的授权配置类型为0或动态类型的资源分配类型,这种情况下,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。对于终端设备而言,当确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第 二类配置的授权。It should be understood that the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes 6, 7 and 8 is all 1, and it can also be considered that the network device will not be the second type of configuration. The authorized configuration type is 0 or the dynamic type of resource allocation type. In this case, the network device can be configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1s. For the terminal device, when it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first The authorized resource allocation type of the second configuration includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the RV field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of type 2 configurations indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the second type of configuration Authorization, the terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
第三示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,网络设备可以根据特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定FDRA域的值。换句话来说,当至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,实际上是指定了一套第二类配置的授权,网络设备默认采用该第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。相较于目前涉及多套第二类配置的授权,网络设备不知道究竟使用哪个第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来配置FDRA域的值来说,通过该方案,指定了用于配置FDRA域的值的第二类配置的授权。In the third example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes at least type 0 and type 1, the network device can allocate authorized resources according to the specific second type of configuration The allocation type determines the value of the FDRA field. In other words, when the resource allocation type of at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1, in fact, a set of authorization of the second type of configuration is specified, and the network device adopts the second type of authorization by default. The configured authorized resource allocation type is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI. Compared with the current authorizations involving multiple sets of the second type of configuration, the network device does not know which type of authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is used to configure the value of the FDRA field. Through this scheme, it is specified to configure the FDRA Authorization of the second type of configuration of the value of the domain.
例如假设索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,索引为7和8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1。或者例如索引为6的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,索引为7的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,索引为8的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1。For example, suppose that the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with index 6 is 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration with indexes of 7 and 8 is 1. Or, for example, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 6 is 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 7 is dynamic type, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration with index 8 is 0. The type is 1.
本申请的一个示例,假设指定的第二类配置的授权的索引为6,即指定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。In an example of this application, assuming that the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration is 6, that is, the authorized resource allocation type of the specified second type of configuration is 0, and the network device can configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0.
当资源分配类型为类型0,如果FDRA域的值为全0,那么对于激活DCI而言,该激活DCI是无效的,所以可以表示有效的释放DCI。这种情况下,终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。When the resource allocation type is type 0, if the value of the FDRA field is all 0, then for the activated DCI, the activated DCI is invalid, so it can indicate that the DCI is effectively released. In this case, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine The DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first The authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
本申请实施例的又一个示例,假设指定的第二类配置的授权的索引为8,即指定的第 二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为8,网络设备可以配置FDRA域的值为全1。In another example of the embodiment of the present application, assume that the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration is 8, that is, the authorized resource allocation type of the specified second type of configuration is 8, and the network device can configure the value of the FDRA domain to be all 1. .
当资源分配类型为类型1,且DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,那么对于激活DCI而言,该激活DCI是无效的,所以可以表示有效的释放DCI。所以终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。When the resource allocation type is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, then for the activated DCI, the activated DCI is invalid, so it can indicate that the DCI is effectively released. Therefore, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used for Release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
在一些实施例中,上述指定的第二类配置的授权的索引可以按照预定义的规则选择。例如该指定的第二类配置的授权的索引可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引,也可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最大索引。又例如,该指定的第二类配置的授权的索引为DCI的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引。又例如,该指定的第二类配置的授权的索引在网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;再例如该指定的第二类配置的授权的索引在DCI的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。其中预设规则例如可以是索引最小或者索引最大,或者也可能是其他可能的预设规则,只要根据该预设规则确定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定的释放DCI中的FDRA域的值,对于激活DCI有效时,对释放DCI来说是无效的,相反对于激活DCI无效时,对释放DCI来说有效即可。In some embodiments, the authorized index of the second type of configuration specified above may be selected according to a predefined rule. For example, the specified authorized index of the second type of configuration may be the smallest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device, or it may be the multiple sets of second type configured by the network device for the terminal device. The largest index among authorized indexes of the class configuration. For another example, the specified authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index in at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field of the DCI. For another example, the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; another example is the authorized index of the specified second type of configuration. The index satisfies the preset rule in at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field of the DCI. The preset rule may be, for example, the smallest index or the largest index, or other possible preset rules, as long as the FDRA domain in the DCI is released according to the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration determined according to the preset rule When the value of is valid for activating DCI, it is invalid for releasing DCI. On the contrary, when activating DCI is invalid, it is valid for releasing DCI.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first The authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
应理解,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型相同,例如包括类型0或者类型1或者动态类型,网络设备也可以根据特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定FDRA域的值。该特定的第二类配置的授权的选择可参考前述描述,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI are the same, for example, including type 0 or type 1, or dynamic type, the network device may also be based on a specific second type. The configured authorized resource allocation type determines the value of the FDRA domain. For the selection of authorization for the specific second type of configuration, reference may be made to the foregoing description, which will not be repeated here.
第四示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,网络设备可以确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,也可以理解为,网络设备默认释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。对于终端设备而言,终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,如果终端设备确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。In the fourth example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes at least type 0 and type 1, the network device may determine that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is released. 0, it can also be understood that the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default to all 0s. For the terminal device, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI The authorized resource allocation types include at least type 0 and type 1. If the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first The authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value in the DCI is The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
第五示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,网络设备可以确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,也可以理解为,网络设备默认释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。对于终端设备而言,终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。In the fifth example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI includes at least type 0 and type 1, the network device may determine to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1. It can also be understood that the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default with all 1s. For the terminal device, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI The authorized resource allocation types include at least type 0 and type 1. If it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that this The value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果DCI的第一域指示的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1和类型0,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if the first field of the DCI indicates at least one set of first The authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration include at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 1. If the value is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second configuration indicated by the first field of the DCI includes at least type 1 and type 0, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the MCS field is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0. Then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal The device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
应理解,上述第四示例和第五示例可以认为针对至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1的情况,网络设备默认释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,终端设备默认当DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0时,该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;或者,上述第四示例和第五示例也可以认为针对至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1的情况,网络设备默认释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,终端设备默认当DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1时,该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。It should be understood that the foregoing fourth example and fifth example can be considered for the case where the authorized resource allocation type for at least one set of second type configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default. 0. The terminal device defaults that when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; or, the above fourth and fifth examples can also be considered for at least one set of second The authorized resource allocation type of the class configuration includes at least type 0 and type 1. The network device releases the value of the FDRA field in the DCI by default to all 1, and the terminal device defaults when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1. The DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
第六示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0。对于终端设备而言,终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI 不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。In the sixth example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI are all dynamic types, the network device may configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s. For the terminal device, the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, and the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration When the resource allocation types of are all dynamic types, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if the DCI is determined to be The value of the FDRA field is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型时,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型时,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI is at least When the authorized resource allocation types of a set of type 2 configurations are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the RV field in the DCI is If the value of is all 0, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, when at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0, and the DCI The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, The terminal device can release all authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI.
第七示例,如果DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型,网络设备可以配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。对于终端设备而言,终端设备确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0时,该DCI中的HPN域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型时,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;相反,如果确定该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。In the seventh example, if at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI are all dynamic types, the network device may configure to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1s. For the terminal device, when the terminal device determines that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the HPN field in the DCI When the authorized resource allocation types are all dynamic types, if it is determined that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; on the contrary, if it is determined that the DCI is If the value of the FDRA field is all 1, the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
与第一示例类似,对于终端设备而言,在确定接收的DCI被CS-RNTI加扰,且该DCI的NDI域的值为0的情况下,如果至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。或者,如果至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型均为动态类型,且终端设备确定DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,且DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,DCI中的RV域的值为全0,DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0,那么终端设备可以确定该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,终端设备可以释放该DCI中HPN域所指示的状态所关联的全部第二类配置的授权。Similar to the first example, for the terminal device, when it is determined that the received DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0, if at least one set of authorized resources configured in the second type is The allocation types are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine The DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release all the authorizations of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. Or, if the authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration are all dynamic types, and the terminal device determines that the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1, and the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1, the value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1. The value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0, and the value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0, then the terminal device can determine that the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the terminal device can release the indication of the HPN field in the DCI The authorization of all the second type configurations associated with the status.
应理解,上述第六示例和第七示例可以认为针对至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型时,网络设备配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0,该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。对于终端设备而言,DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全0时,确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权;或者,上述第六示例和第七示例可以认为针对至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型的情况,网络设备配置释放DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1,该DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权。对于终端设备而言,DCI中的FDRA域的值为非全1时,确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权。It should be understood that the sixth example and the seventh example above can be considered that when the authorized resource allocation types for at least one set of the second type of configuration are all dynamic types, the network device is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 0s, and the DCI Used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. For the terminal device, when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 0s, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration; or, the above sixth and seventh examples can be considered for at least one set of second When the resource allocation types of the authorization of the class configuration are all dynamic types, the network device is configured to release the value of the FDRA field in the DCI to all 1, and the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second configuration. For the terminal device, when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is not all 1, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration.
作为再一种可能的实现方式,当激活DCI中的HPN域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,即不存在某个第二类配置的授权时,网络设备也可以根据释放DCI关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值。具体网络设备根据至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定释放DCI中的FDRA域的值的方案可以参见上述另一种可能的实现方式,也就是图4的实施例的描述,这里不再赘 述。As yet another possible implementation, when the value of the HPN field in the activated DCI is not the same as the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, that is, when there is no authorization of a certain type of second configuration, the network device can also The value of the FDRA field in the DCI to be released is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the release of the DCI. For a specific network device to determine the solution of releasing the value of the FDRA field in the DCI according to at least one set of authorized resource allocation types configured in the second type, refer to the above-mentioned another possible implementation manner, that is, the description of the embodiment in FIG. 4. I won't repeat it here.
本申请实施例可以根据释放DCI中的HPN域的值所对应的某一套具体的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,这样就可以根据FDRA域区分所接收到的DCI是用于激活还是释放,从而利用FDRA域提高释放DCI的validation性能。另外,本申请实施例也可以根据释放DCI中的HPN域所指示的状态所关联的多套第二类配置的授权的某个或某些资源分配类型来确定FDRA域的值,即提供一种适用于联合释放场景下明确FDRA的取值的方式。In this embodiment of the application, the value of the FDRA field can be determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of a specific set of second configuration corresponding to the value of the HPN field in the released DCI, so that the received data can be distinguished according to the FDRA field. Whether the DCI is used for activation or release, so as to use the FDRA domain to improve the verification performance of releasing the DCI. In addition, the embodiment of the present application can also determine the value of the FDRA field according to one or some resource allocation types of multiple sets of authorizations associated with the state indicated by the HPN field in the DCI. It is applicable to the way to clarify the value of FDRA in the joint release scenario.
在一种可能的应用场景中,NR系统支持基于mini时隙的重复传输方法,即在一个时隙内,允许终端设备多次重复发送同一个数据包,这种重复传输方法可以降低数据包的传输时延。在一些实施例中,这种重复传输方法也可以称为PUSCH repetition Type B。这种重复传输方法中,网络设备为终端设备分配的用于多次发送同一个数据包的多次重复的多个名义(nominal)重复资源在时域上是连续的。但是由于用于发送一次重复的一个名义重复资源中可能包含了不可用的符号(例如下行符号等),或者包含了时隙边界,导致一个名义重复资源会被拆分成多个实际(actual)重复资源,其中每个实际重复资源用于一次重复传输,因此,终端设备的实际重复传输次数可能大于名义重复资源数量。请参见图5,为一种名义重复资源和实际重复资源的关系示意图。图5以包括4个名义重复资源为例,由于名义重复资源2中包含了时隙边界,因此,名义重复资源2被拆分成2个实际重复资源,即图5中的实际重复资源2和实际重复资源3。由于一个名义重复资源会被拆分成多个实际(actual)重复资源,终端设备的实际重复传输次数可能大于名义重复资源数量,这就需要确定名义重复资源,并根据确定的名义重复资源来确定实际重复资源,用于传输数据。In a possible application scenario, the NR system supports a repeated transmission method based on mini time slots, that is, in a time slot, a terminal device is allowed to repeatedly send the same data packet multiple times. This repeated transmission method can reduce the cost of the data packet. Transmission delay. In some embodiments, this repetitive transmission method may also be referred to as PUSCH repetition Type B. In this repetitive transmission method, multiple repetitive nominal repetitive resources allocated to the terminal device by the network device for sending the same data packet multiple times are continuous in the time domain. However, because a nominal repetition resource used to send a repetition may contain unusable symbols (such as downlink symbols, etc.), or contain slot boundaries, a nominal repetition resource will be split into multiple actuals (actual) Repeated resources, where each actual repeated resource is used for one repeated transmission. Therefore, the actual number of repeated transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repeated resources. Please refer to Figure 5, which is a schematic diagram of the relationship between a nominal duplicate resource and an actual duplicate resource. Figure 5 takes 4 nominal repetitive resources as an example. Since the nominal repetitive resource 2 contains the time slot boundary, the nominal repetitive resource 2 is split into two actual repetitive resources, that is, the actual repetitive resource 2 and Actually repeat resource 3. Since a nominal repetitive resource will be split into multiple actual (actual) repetitive resources, the actual number of repetitive transmissions of the terminal device may be greater than the number of nominal repetitive resources, which requires the determination of the nominal repetitive resource and based on the determined nominal repetitive resource. The actual duplicate resources are used to transmit data.
本申请实施例提供了一种确定名义重复资源的时域位置的方法,该方法可以根据多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,进而可以根据该时域位置确定实际重复资源的时域位置,即确定实际重复资源,用于传输数据。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the time domain position of a nominal repetitive resource. The method can determine the time domain position of a nominal repetitive resource according to the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain, and then can determine the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the time domain. The location determines the time domain location of the actual repeated resource, that is, determines the actual repeated resource for data transmission.
请参见图6,为本申请实施例提供的一种数据发送方法的流程示意图,该方法的流程描述如下:Please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic flow chart of a data sending method provided by an embodiment of this application. The flow of the method is described as follows:
S601、网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息可以用于配置时域资源,该配置信息包括周期参数,该周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;S601. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information can be used to configure time domain resources, and the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
S602、终端设备根据配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置;S602. The terminal device determines the time domain location of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information.
S603、终端设备根据第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;S603: The terminal device determines the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource.
S604、终端设备在第一实际重复资源上发送数据。S604: The terminal device sends data on the first actual repeated resource.
终端设备发送数据,需要确定实际重复资源,这就需要确定名义重复资源的时域位置,在可能的实施方式中,系统可以预定义名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙、名义重复资源在该起始时隙内的起始符号,以及名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙、名义重复资源在该结束时隙内的结束符号满足的条件,从而终端设备基于该条件确定名义重复资源的时域位置。When the terminal device sends data, it needs to determine the actual repetitive resource, which needs to determine the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource. In a possible implementation, the system can predefine the starting time slot and nominal repetition where the start symbol of the nominal repetitive resource is located. The start symbol of the resource in the start time slot, the end time slot where the end symbol of the nominal repetitive resource is located, and the condition that the end symbol of the nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies, so that the terminal device determines the nominal value based on the condition The time domain location of the duplicate resource.
应理解,对于一个资源周期或重复捆绑(repetition bundle)内的第n个名义重复资源来说,n=0,…,K-1,K为名义重复资源数量,K可以根据重复次数参数repK确定,也可以根据时域资源分配(time domain allocation)参数确定,例如网络设备通过高层信令配置 了时域资源分配表格,该表格中每一行包含重复次数,由时域资源分配参数指示所使用的表格中的行号。It should be understood that for the nth nominal repetitive resource in a resource period or repetition bundle, n=0,...,K-1, K is the number of nominal repetitive resources, and K can be determined according to the number of repetitions parameter repK , It can also be determined according to time domain allocation parameters. For example, a network device configures a time domain resource allocation table through high-level signaling. Each row in the table contains the number of repetitions. The time domain resource allocation parameter indicates the used The row number in the table.
以确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的时域位置为例,终端设备可以根据周期大小p和周期编号m,确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙内的起始符号,以及确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙内的结束符号。To determine the time domain position of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period as an example, the terminal device can determine the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period according to the period size p and the period number m The start time slot where the nth nominal repetitive resource is located, the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot, and the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is determined, And the end symbol of the nth nominal repeat resource in the end time slot.
本申请实施例根据网络设备为终端设备配置的时域资源确定名义重复资源的时域位置的方式可以包括几种:In the embodiment of the present application, the method of determining the time domain position of the nominal repeated resource according to the time domain resource configured by the network device for the terminal device may include several methods:
方式一,在一些实施例中,该第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式(1),且该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙的起始符号的编号满足公式(2),该第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式(3),且该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙的编号的结束符号满足公式(4):Manner 1: In some embodiments, the number of the start time slot of the nth nominal repetition resource satisfies formula (1), and the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot satisfies Formula (2), the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource satisfies formula (3), and the end symbol of the number of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies the formula (4):
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000030
上述公式(1)-公式(4)中,P为配置信息包括的周期参数指示的周期,m为周期或重复捆绑的编号,m≥0,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,N为每个时隙内的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,n≥0,K s是根据配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数确定的。上述公式(1)-公式(2)中,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,公式(3)-公式(4)中,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号。 In the above formula (1)-formula (4), P is the period indicated by the period parameter included in the configuration information, m is the number of the period or repetitive bundling, m≥0, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and N is every The number of symbols in a time slot, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, n≥0, and K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information. In the above formula (1)-formula (2), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repeating resource, and in formula (3)-formula (4), S is the end symbol of the nth nominal repeating resource serial number.
其中,S和L可以由时域资源分配参数确定,例如网络设备通过高层信令配置了时域资源分配表格,表格中每一行包含S和L,由时域资源分配参数指示所使用的表格中的行号,根据该行号可以确定S和L。Among them, S and L can be determined by time-domain resource allocation parameters. For example, a network device configures a time-domain resource allocation table through high-level signaling. Each row in the table contains S and L. The time-domain resource allocation parameter indicates the used table According to the line number, S and L can be determined.
应理解,N为每个时隙内的符号数,在一些实施例中,N也可以用
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000031
来表示。
It should be understood that N is the number of symbols in each slot. In some embodiments, N can also be used
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000031
To represent.
例如公式(2)的一种变形为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000032
For example, a variant of formula (2) is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000032
又例如公式(4)的一种变形为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000033
For another example, a variant of formula (4) is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000033
应理解,当P为N的整数倍,公式(1)-公式(4)的变形分别为如下公式:It should be understood that when P is an integer multiple of N, the variants of formula (1)-formula (4) are as follows:
公式(1)的一种变形可以为:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000034
A variation of formula (1) can be:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000034
公式(2)的一种变形可以为:mod(S+n×L,N);A variation of formula (2) can be: mod(S+n×L, N);
公式(3)的一种变形可以为:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000035
A variation of formula (3) can be:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000035
公式(4)的一种变形可以为:mod(S+(n+1)×L-1,N)。A variation of formula (4) can be: mod(S+(n+1)×L-1, N).
在不同的应用场景中,K s也有所不同,下面分别以两种不同的场景介绍K sIn different application scenarios, K s is also different. The following introduces K s in two different scenarios.
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K s为如下的一种: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K s is one of the following:
1)、K s等于该配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数指示的时域资源偏置。 1) K s is equal to the time domain resource offset indicated by the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
2)、K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,该第一帧的帧号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000036
该第一时隙的编号为mod(M,M1),其中,M是由配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数指示的时域资源偏置确定的,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
2). K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the frame number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000036
The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), where M is determined by the time domain resource offset indicated by the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information, and M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame.
应理解,在一些实施例中,M可以用timeDomainOffset表示,M1可以用
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000037
来表示。即第一帧的帧号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000038
第一时隙的编号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000039
It should be understood that, in some embodiments, M can be represented by timeDomainOffset, and M1 can be represented by
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000037
To represent. That is, the frame number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000038
The number of the first time slot is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000039
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,应理解如果配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,那么网络设备可以向终端设备发送DCI,指示配置哪个第二类配置的授权,此时K s满足公式(5): Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration. It should be understood that if the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the network device can send DCI to the terminal device to indicate which authorization of the second type of configuration is configured. , K s satisfies formula (5) at this time:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000040
其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。u pusch和u pdcch的取值可以位于[0,4]内。 Wherein, n 0 slot to receive a downlink control information (DCI) where, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration. The values of u pusch and u pdcch can be located in [0, 4].
方式二,在一些实施例中,该第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式(6),且该第n个名义重复资源在该起始时隙的起始符号的编号满足公式(7),该第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式(8),且该第n个名义重复资源在该结束时隙的结束符号的编号满足公式(9):Manner 2: In some embodiments, the number of the start time slot of the nth nominal repetition resource satisfies formula (6), and the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot satisfies Formula (7), the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource satisfies formula (8), and the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot satisfies the formula (9):
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000041
方式二与方式一的不同之处在于,第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙与第m个周期名义重复资源的起始时隙相关。例如K m.s为第m个周期名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。在公式(6)-公式(7)中,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),在公式(8)-公式(9)中,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N)。 The difference between the second method and the first method is that the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource is related to the start time slot of the mth periodic nominal repetitive resource. For example, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period. In formula (6)-formula (7), S m is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), In formula (8)-formula (9), S m is the number of the end symbol of the n-th nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N).
在不同的应用场景中,K m.s也有所不同,下面分别以两种不同的场景介绍K m.s. In different application scenarios, K ms is also different. The following two different scenarios introduce K ms .
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足如下任一公式: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies any of the following formulas:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000042
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙,第一帧的帧号满足公式(12),第一时隙的编号满足公式(13): K ms is the first time slot in the first frame, the frame number of the first frame satisfies formula (12), and the number of the first time slot satisfies formula (13):
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000043
其中,公式(10)-公式(13)中,S、P以及M和M1的定义与方式一中相同,这里不再赘述。Among them, in formula (10)- formula (13), the definitions of S, P, M, and M1 are the same as those in the first manner, and will not be repeated here.
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足如下任一公式: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies any of the following formulas:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000044
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙,第一帧的帧号满足公式(16),第一时隙的编号满足公式(17): K ms is the first time slot in the first frame, the frame number of the first frame satisfies formula (16), and the number of the first time slot satisfies formula (17):
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000045
其中,公式(14)-公式(17)中,K s满足K s
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000046
n 0为终端设备接收DCI所在的时隙,u pusch和u pdcch分别是PUSCH和PDCCH的子载波间隔配置,而S、P、N以及M和M1的定义与方式一中相同,这里不再赘述。
Among them, in formula (14)-formula (17), K s satisfies K s
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000046
n 0 is the time slot where the terminal device receives DCI, u pusch and u pdcch are the sub-carrier spacing configuration of PUSCH and PDCCH respectively, and the definitions of S, P, N, M and M1 are the same as in the first way, so I won’t repeat them here. .
应理解,当P为N的整数倍,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000047
的一种变形为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000048
S m等于S。
It should be understood that when P is an integer multiple of N,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000047
A variant of
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000048
S m is equal to S.
方式三,与方式一和方式二不同,该方式中,终端设备可以确定首个名义重复资源的起始符号,该起始符号所在的系统帧号和时隙符号,以及确定首个名义重复资源换的结束符号、该结束符号所在的系统帧号和时隙符号,进而确定首个名义重复资源的时域位置。Mode 3 is different from Mode 1 and Mode 2. In this mode, the terminal device can determine the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the system frame number and time slot symbol where the start symbol is located, and determine the first nominal repetitive resource Change the end symbol, the system frame number and time slot symbol where the end symbol is located, and then determine the time domain position of the first nominal repetitive resource.
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,首个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足公式: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located and the start The time slot index sslot index of the time slot in which the symbol is located satisfies the formula:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足如下公式: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy the following formula:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots in a frame, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources. Cycle size, m is the number of the cycle, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is The number of the nominal duplicate resource.
示例性的,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: Exemplarily, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, the symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located and the start symbol the slot index where symbols beginning slot sslot index satisfies:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的系统帧的编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located The number of the system frame, P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources, m is the period number, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the end of the nth nominal repetitive resource The number of the symbol, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
上述实施例提供了三种终端设备确定实际重复资源的方式,以便在实际重复资源发送数据,尽量保证数据传输的可靠性。The foregoing embodiment provides three ways for the terminal device to determine the actual repetitive resources, so as to send data on the actual repetitive resources, and try to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,网络设备以及终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network device and the terminal device. In order to realize the functions in the methods provided in the above embodiments of the present application, the network device and the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module, and the above functions are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module . Whether a certain function among the above-mentioned functions is executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The device used to implement the foregoing method in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Therefore, all the above content can be used in the subsequent embodiments, and the repeated content will not be repeated.
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置700的示意性框图。该通信装置700可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括收发单元710和处理单元720。可选的,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。收发单元710和处理单元720可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理单元720可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个单元可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 according to an embodiment of the application. The communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device may include a transceiving unit 710 and a processing unit 720. Optionally, a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (code or program) and/or data. The transceiving unit 710 and the processing unit 720 may be coupled with the storage unit. For example, the processing unit 720 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods. The above-mentioned units can be set independently, or partly or fully integrated.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置700能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置700可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发单元710和处理单元720可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如收发单元710用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S301和S302,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理单元720用于执行如图3所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication apparatus 700 may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal device. The transceiving unit 710 and the processing unit 720 can be used to perform all the receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3. For example, the transceiving unit 710 is used to perform S301 and S302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , And/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. Wherein, the processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 except for the transceiving operation, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
在一些实施例中,收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;In some embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of first states. Authorization of the second type of configuration;
收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI的第一域指示第一状态,该DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from a network device, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
处理单元720用于在DCI满足如下预设条件的情况下,释放第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:The processing unit 720 is configured to release at least one set of authorization of the second type configuration associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following preset conditions, where the preset conditions include:
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is 0, and the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI The value of is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration, and the authorization resource allocation type of the set of second types of configuration is 1, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI Is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is All 1; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
该DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,该DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
在一种可能的设计中,该套第二类配置的授权为网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,In a possible design, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,该套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In a possible design, the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的 索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括:In a possible design, the preset condition further includes:
该DCI中的MCS域的值为全1,以及该DCI的RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the DCI is all 0s.
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件还包括:In a possible design, the preset condition further includes:
该DCI中的UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field in the DCI is all 0s.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一RNTI包括CS-RNTI。In a possible design, the first RNTI includes CS-RNTI.
在另一些实施例中,收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;In other embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set Authorization of the second type of configuration;
收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI的第一域指示释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权,DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from a network device. The first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of type 2 configurations associated with the state in the release state set. The DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, And the new data of DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
一方面,处理单元720用于在DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,且DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足预设条件,确定DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:On the one hand, the processing unit 720 is configured to: when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets the preset condition , It is determined that DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset conditions include:
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,FDRA域的值为非全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,FDRA域的值为非全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全1;The authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is the dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1s;
在一种可能的设计中,该套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,In a possible design, the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,该套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In a possible design, the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一RNTI包括CS-RNTI。In a possible design, the first RNTI includes CS-RNTI.
另一方面,处理单元720用于在DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同的情况下,且DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足预设条件,确定DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:On the other hand, the processing unit 720 is configured to: when the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorizations of the second type of configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the frequency domain resource allocation in the DCI meets the predetermined Set conditions to determine that DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration. The preset conditions include:
FDRA域的值为非全0,或者,FDRA域的值为非全1。The value of the FDRA field is not all 0s, or the value of the FDRA field is not all 1s.
在另一些实施例中,收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息以及DCI,该配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;该DCI的第一域指示第一状态,该DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且DCI的NDI域的值为0;In other embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information and DCI from the network device. The configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least A set of authorization for the second type of configuration; the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the value of the NDI field of the DCI is 0;
处理单元720用于在该DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件的情况下,确定该DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:The processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets any one of the following preset conditions, where the preset conditions include:
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,FDRA域的值为非全0,特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and at least one set of authorizations associated with the first state of the second type configuration is authorized for a specific second type configuration The resource allocation type of is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific type 2 configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types associated with the second type of configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,As an optional implementation, the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule in the at least one set of authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
作为一种可选的实现方式,DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。As an optional implementation manner, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述第一RNTI包括CS-RNTI。As an optional implementation manner, the first RNTI includes a CS-RNTI.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理单元720可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发单元710可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing unit 720 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver unit 710 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置700能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置700可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。其中,收发单元710可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图4所示的实施例中的S401和S402,和/或用于支持本文 所描述的技术的其它过程。处理单元720用于执行如图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication apparatus 700 may be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the network device. The transceiving unit 710 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S401 and S402 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or used to support this text Other processes of the described technique. The processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S403, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
在一些实施例中,收发单元710用于向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;In some embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of the second type. Configured authorization;
收发单元710用于向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权;The transceiver unit 710 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration;
处理单元720用于在DCI中的第一域的值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,确定DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下预设条件:The processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies the following preset conditions when the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type of configuration:
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,FDRA域的值为全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,FDRA域的值为全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is dynamic, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,FDRA域的值为全1。The authorized resource allocation type of this second type of configuration is the dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,As an optional implementation manner, the set of authorizations for the second type configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type configuration among the plurality of authorizations for the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of configuration in the second type of configuration authorization associated with the first state.
在一种可能的设计中,该套第二类配置的授权可以是特定的第二类配置的授权,例如该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,In a possible design, the authorization of the second type of configuration may be a specific authorization of the second type of configuration, for example, the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is multiple sets of configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. The smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of the second type of configuration; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the second type configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple authorized indexes of the second type configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
该套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one authorized index of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
作为一种可选的实现方式,预设条件还包括:As an optional implementation, the preset conditions also include:
DCI中的MCS域的值为全1、DCI的RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field in the DCI is all 1 and the value of the RV field in the DCI is all 0.
作为一种可选的实现方式,预设条件还包括DCI的UL-SCH域的值为全0。As an optional implementation manner, the preset condition further includes that the value of the UL-SCH field of the DCI is all 0s.
在另一些实施例中,收发单元710用于向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息用于配置释放状态集,释放状态集包括至少一个状态,至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;In other embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information is used to configure a release state set. The release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of second states. Authorization of class configuration;
收发单元710用于向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,DCI的第一域指示释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权,The transceiver unit 710 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, and the first field of the DCI indicates to release one or more sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration associated with the states in the state set.
处理单元720用于确定DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件:The processing unit 720 is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1, 且不包括类型0,FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,FDRA的取值是根据特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定的,其中,特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,FDRA域的值为全0,特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,FDRA域的值为全1;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the status indicated by the first domain includes at least type 0 and type 1. The value of FDRA is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration, Wherein, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the status indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1.
作为一种可选的实现方式,特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,As an optional implementation, the specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device; or,
特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies the preset rule in the at least one set of authorized index of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
作为一种可选的实现方式,DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。As an optional implementation manner, the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置700能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置700可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。其中,收发单元710可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的S601,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理单元720用于执行如图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S602、S603和S604,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 700 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication apparatus 700 may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal device. The transceiving unit 710 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and/or used to support the descriptions described herein. Other processes of the technology. The processing unit 720 is configured to perform all operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S602, S603, and S604, and/or other operations used to support the technology described herein. Process.
在一些实施例中,收发单元710用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置时域资源,所述配置信息包括周期参数,所述周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;In some embodiments, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate a plurality of nominal repetitive resources The repetition period in the time domain;
处理单元720用于根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,根据所述第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;The processing unit 720 is configured to determine the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information, and determine the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
收发单元710用于在所述第一实际重复资源上发送数据。The transceiver unit 710 is configured to send data on the first actual repeated resource.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理单元720用于:As an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 720 is configured to:
根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the period size P and the period number m, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束 符号所在的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。According to the period size P and the period number m, determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot .
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000049
As an optional implementation manner, the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000049
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+n×L+m×P,N);As an optional implementation, the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+n×L+m×P, N) ;
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000050
As an optional implementation, the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000050
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);As an optional implementation, the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P , N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
作为一种可选的实现方式,K s是根据配置信息中的的时域资源偏置参数确定的。 As an optional implementation manner, K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K s满足: As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K s satisfies:
K s等于为首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置;或者, K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource; or,
K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,第一帧的编号为
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000051
第一时隙的编号为mod(M,M1),M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000051
The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K s满足公式: As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000052
其中,n 0为接收的DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000052
Wherein, n 0 is the time slot where the received DCI, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration.
作为一种可选的实现方式,根据时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:As an optional implementation manner, determining the time domain location of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource includes:
根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the number m of the period, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot;
根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号。According to the number m of the period, determine the end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000053
As an optional implementation manner, the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000053
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+m×L,N); As an optional implementation manner, the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the start time slot in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m + m×L, N);
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(s+M×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(s+M×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000054
As an optional implementation, the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000054
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周 期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源在结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+(n+1)×L-1,N); As an optional implementation manner, the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod(S m +(n+1)×L-1, N );
其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m×P, N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
作为一种可选的实现方式,K m.s是根据首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置以及周期大小确定的。 As an optional implementation, K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and period size of the first nominal repetitive resource.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足: As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000055
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000055
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000056
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000056
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000057
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定的,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为一个时隙内包括的符号数。Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and N is the number of symbols included in a time slot.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足: As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000058
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000058
or,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000059
或者,
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000059
or,
K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000060
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,K s满足公式: Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame, and K s satisfies the formula:
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000061
其中,n 0为接收的DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-000061
Wherein, n 0 is the time slot where the received DCI, u pusch PUSCH sub-carrier spacing is disposed, u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing PDCCH configuration.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,其中:As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the first type of configuration, where:
第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: Ssymbol index symbol index starting symbol first duplicate resources on behalf of the frame number and slot index sSFN starting symbol and start symbol of the system where the frame where slots sslot index satisfies:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots in a frame, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources. Cycle size, m is the number of the cycle, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is The number of the nominal duplicate resource.
作为一种可选的实现方式,配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,其中,As an optional implementation, the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, where:
第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: Ssymbol index symbol index starting symbol first duplicate resources on behalf of the frame number and slot index sSFN starting symbol and start symbol of the system where the frame where slots sslot index satisfies:
[(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
[(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
=mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P, 1024×M1×N)
其中,M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的DCI所在的系统帧的编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, M1 is the number of time slots in a frame, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and the number of the system frame where the DCI received by SFN start is located. P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L Is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
如图8所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置800,其中,通信装置800可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能,或者,通信装置800可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能;通信装置800也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置,或者能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置800可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 8 shows a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of this application, where the communication device 800 may be a terminal device, which can implement the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or the communication device 800 may be a network device , Can realize the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 800 can also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the corresponding function in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or can support the network device to realize the implementation of this application The corresponding function device in the method provided in the example. Wherein, the communication device 800 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
在硬件实现上,上述收发单元710可以为收发器,收发器集成在通信装置800中构成通信接口810。In terms of hardware implementation, the foregoing transceiver unit 710 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 800 to form a communication interface 810.
通信装置800包括至少一个处理器820,用于实现或用于支持通信装置800实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备或终端设备的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。The communication device 800 includes at least one processor 820, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 800 to implement the functions of the network device or the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
通信装置800还可以包括至少一个存储器830,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器830和处理器820耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器820可能和存储器830协同操作。处理器820可能执行存储器830中存储的程序指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置800实现相应的方法。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 800 may further include at least one memory 830 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 830 and the processor 820 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 820 may cooperate with the memory 830 to operate. The processor 820 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 830, so that the communication device 800 implements a corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
通信装置800还可以包括通信接口810,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置800中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端设备时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端设备。处理器820可以利用通信接口810收发数据。通信接口810具体可以是收发器。The communication device 800 may further include a communication interface 810 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 800 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal device, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal device. The processor 820 may use the communication interface 810 to send and receive data. The communication interface 810 may specifically be a transceiver.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口810、处理器820以及存储器830之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图8中以存储器830、处理器820以及通信接口810之间通过总线840连接,总线在图8中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图8中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 810, the processor 820, and the memory 830 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of this application, the memory 830, the processor 820, and the communication interface 810 are connected by a bus 840 in FIG. 8. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器820可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是 微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 820 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器830可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 830 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory). For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端设备时收发单元可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时,收发单元可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发单元可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口、处理模块可以是芯片系统的处理器。It should be noted that the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal device or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal device or other combination devices or components having the functions of the foregoing terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component with the above-mentioned terminal device function, the transceiver unit may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver unit may be an input and output interface of the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
图9示出了一种简化的通信装置的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图9中,通信装置以网络设备是基站作为例子。网络设备900可包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)910和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)920。所述RRU 910可以称为通信模块,与图7中的收发710对应,可选地,该通信模块还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线911和射频单元912。所述RRU 910部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU 920部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 910与BBU 920可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。Fig. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 9, the communication device takes the network device as a base station as an example. The network device 900 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 910 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). )920. The RRU 910 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the transceiver 710 in FIG. 7. Optionally, the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 911 and Radio frequency unit 912. The RRU 910 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment. The BBU 920 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on. The RRU 910 and the BBU 920 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 920为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理模块,可以与图7中的处理单元720对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 920 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing module) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 920可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 920还包括存储器921和处理器922。所述存储器921用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器922用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器921和处理器922可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 920 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 920 further includes a memory 921 and a processor 922. The memory 921 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 922 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 921 and the processor 922 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
图10示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图10中,该终端设备以手机作为例子。如图10所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对该车载单元进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和 数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的设备可以不具有输入输出装置。Figure 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In Fig. 10, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 10, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到该设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图10中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10. In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为该装置的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为该装置的处理单元。如图10所示,该装置包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。收发单元1010也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元1020也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1010中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1010中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1010包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元1010有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the device. As shown in FIG. 10, the device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020. The transceiving unit 1010 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. The processing unit 1020 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1010 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiving unit 1010 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiving circuit or the like. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
应理解,收发单元1010用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1020用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1010 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1020 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元1010可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S301、S302,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理单元1020可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S303,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to perform S301 and S302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The processing unit 1020 may be used to perform S303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
又例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元1010可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S401、S402,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1020可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S403,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, in an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to execute S401 and S402 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver unit 1020 may be used to perform S403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and/or to support other processes of the technology described herein.
又例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元1010可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中的S601、S604,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1020可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中的S602、S603,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, in an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1010 may be used to execute S601 and S604 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver unit 1020 may be used to perform S602 and S603 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
本实施例中,可以参照图11所示的装置。作为一个例子,该装置可以完成类似于图7中处理单元720的功能。在图11中,该装置包括处理器1110,发送数据处理器1120,接收数据处理器1130。上述实施例中的处理单元720可以是图11中的该处理器1110,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的处理单元720可以是图11中的发送数据处理器1120,和/或接收数据处理器1130。虽然图11中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。In this embodiment, the device shown in FIG. 11 can be referred to. As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processing unit 720 in FIG. 7. In FIG. 11, the device includes a processor 1110, a data sending processor 1120, and a data receiving processor 1130. The processing unit 720 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1110 in FIG. 11, and completes corresponding functions. The processing unit 720 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1120 and/or the receiving data processor 1130 in FIG. 11. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 11, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
图12示出本实施例的另一种形式。通信装置1200中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系 统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1203,接口1204。其中处理器1203完成上述处理单元730的功能,接口1204完成上述收发单元710的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1206、处理器1203及存储在存储器1206上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器1203执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1206可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1200中,只要该存储器1206可以连接到所述处理器1203即可。Fig. 12 shows another form of this embodiment. The communication device 1200 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1203 and an interface 1204. The processor 1203 completes the function of the aforementioned processing unit 730, and the interface 1204 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver unit 710. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1206, a processor 1203, and a program stored in the memory 1206 and running on the processor. When the processor 1203 executes the program, the terminal device in the above method embodiment is implemented. method. It should be noted that the memory 1206 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1206 can be connected to the The processor 1203 is sufficient.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,具体的,通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备,或者还可以包括更多个网络设备和多个终端设备。示例性的,通信系统包括用于实现上述图3的相关功能的网络设备和终端设备,或者该通信系统包括用于实现上述图4的相关功能的网络设备和终端设备,或者该通信系统包括用于实现上述图6的相关功能的网络设备和终端设备,或者该通信系统包括用于实现上述图3、图4或图6中的至少两个图的实施例相关功能的网络设备和终端设备。The embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system. Specifically, the communication system includes a network device and a terminal device, or may also include more network devices and multiple terminal devices. Exemplarily, the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 3, or the communication system includes network equipment and terminal equipment for implementing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 4, or the communication system includes The network device and terminal device for realizing the related functions of FIG. 6, or the communication system includes the network device and terminal device for realizing the related functions of the embodiments of at least two of the above-mentioned FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
所述网络设备分别用于实现上述图3、图4和图6相关网络部分的功能。所述终端设备用于实现上述图3、图4和图6相关终端的功能。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the relevant network parts of FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 6 described above. The terminal device is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned terminal related to FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 6. For details, please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中终端设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6; or when it is on the computer When running, the computer is caused to execute the method executed by the terminal device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中终端设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6; or when it runs on the computer , So that the computer executes the method executed by the terminal device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中网络设备的功能;或者用于实现前述方法中终端设备的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the function of the network device in the foregoing method; or is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图3、图4或图6中终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, or FIG. 6.
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中终端设备或网络设备的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是CPU,还可以是其他通用处理器、数字 信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a CPU, or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), ready-made Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态类型随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态类型随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态类型随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态类型随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态类型随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous). DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic type random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic type random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic type random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储 在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the application. Or replacement should be covered within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (86)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;Receiving configuration information from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration;
    接收来自所述网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一无线网络临时识别符RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;Receive the downlink control information DCI from the network device, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first wireless network temporary identifier RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates the value of the NDI field The value is 0;
    在满足如下预设条件的情况下,释放所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权,其中,所述预设条件包括:When the following preset conditions are met, the authorization of at least one set of configuration of the second type associated with the first state is released, where the preset conditions include:
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 0, and the frequency domain in the DCI The value of the resource allocation FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 1, and the FDRA field in the DCI The value of is all 1s; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 1s; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,The method according to claim 1, wherein the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Authorization; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is the smallest among the index of authorizations of the plurality of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Index or maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的上行共享信道UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无 线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first RNTI includes a configured scheduling wireless network temporary identification CS-RNTI.
  7. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;Receiving configuration information from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration;
    接收来自所述网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一无线网络临时识别符RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;Receive the downlink control information DCI from the network device, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first wireless network temporary identifier RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates the value of the NDI field The value is 0;
    在所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,且所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足预设条件,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,所述预设条件包括:In the case that the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type, and the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI meets a preset condition, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the preset conditions include:
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The method according to claim 7, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is the smallest index among the authorization indexes of the plurality of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device, or Maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  9. 如权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the authorization for the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal. Authorization; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  10. 如权利要求7-9任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The method according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein the first RNTI comprises a configured scheduling radio network temporary identification CS-RNTI.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;Receiving configuration information from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration;
    接收来自所述网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;Receiving the downlink control information DCI from the network device, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
    在所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件的情况下,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中预设条件包括:When the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions, it is determined that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset conditions include:
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type of configuration is authorized by the specific second type of configuration. The resource allocation type is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The method according to claim 11, wherein the authorized index of the specific second type of configuration is the smallest index among the authorized indexes of the multiple sets of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device, or Maximum index; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI中的第一域的值与所述网络设备为终端配置的任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the value of the first field in the DCI is different from the authorized index of any set of second-type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal.
  14. 如权利要求11-13任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The method according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the first RNTI comprises a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;Sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration;
    向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中,所述DCI中的第一域的值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种设置:Send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI is used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, wherein the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, so The value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any of the following settings:
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second set of configurations is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;The method according to claim 15, wherein the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Configured authorization;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is the smallest among the index of authorizations of the plurality of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Index or maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  18. 如权利要求15-17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1、以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1 and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的上行共享信道UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权;Sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state in the at least one state is associated with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration;
    向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于释放所述DCI的第一域指示所述释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权,其中,所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种设置:Send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the first field of the DCI used to release the DCI indicates one or more sets of authorizations for the second type of configuration associated with the states in the release state set, where the DCI The value of the frequency domain resource allocation in the FDRA domain satisfies any of the following settings:
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述至少一套第二类配置的授权中的特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of the at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first domain include at least type 0 and type 1, and the specific second-type configuration in the authorization of the at least one set of second-type configurations The authorized resource allocation type of is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The method according to claim 20, wherein the authorized index of the specific second type of configuration is the smallest index among the authorized indexes of the multiple sets of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device, or Maximum index; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI中的第一域的值与所述网络设备为终端配置的任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the value of the first field in the DCI is different from an authorized index of any set of second-type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal.
  23. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置时域资源,所述配置信息包括周期参数,所述周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;Receiving configuration information from a network device, where the configuration information is used to configure a time domain resource, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate a repetition period of a plurality of nominal repetitive resources in the time domain;
    根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置;Determining the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information;
    根据所述第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;Determining the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
    在所述第一实际重复资源上发送数据。Send data on the first actual repeated resource.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource comprises:
    根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the period size P and the period number m, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
    根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot are determined according to the period size P and the period number m.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100001
    The method according to claim 24, wherein the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100001
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+n×L+m×P,N);The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod( S+n×L+m×P,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, S is the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  27. 如权利要求24-26任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100002
    The method according to any one of claims 24-26, wherein the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100002
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
  28. 如权利要求24-27任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:The method according to any one of claims 24-27, wherein the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  29. 如权利要求25或27所述的方法,其特征在于,K s是根据所述配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数确定的。 The method according to claim 25 or 27, wherein K s is determined according to the time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,所述K s满足: The method of claim 29, wherein the configuration information is used to configure authorization of the first type of configuration, and the K s satisfies:
    K s等于为首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置;或者, K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource; or,
    K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,所述第一帧的编号为
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100003
    所述第一时隙的编号为mod(M,M1),所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
    K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100003
    The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame.
  31. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,所述K s满足公式: The method of claim 29, wherein the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the K s satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100004
    其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100004
    Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  32. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource comprises:
    根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the number m of the period, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot ;
    根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located is determined according to the number m of the period, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot is determined.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100005
    The method according to claim 32, wherein the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100005
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  34. 如权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+n×L,N); The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod( S m +n×L,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  35. 如权利要求32-34任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100006
    The method according to any one of claims 32-34, wherein the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100006
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
  36. 如权利要求32-35任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+(n+1)×L-1,N); The method according to any one of claims 32-35, wherein the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod( S m +(n+1)×L-1,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  37. 如权利要求33或35所述的方法,其特征在于,K m.s是根据所述配置信息中的时域资源偏置以及周期大小确定的。 The method according to claim 33 or 35, wherein K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足: The method according to claim 37, wherein the configuration information is used to configure authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100007
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100007
    or,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100008
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100008
    or,
    K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100009
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定的,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为一个时隙内包括的符号数。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame, and the N is the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  39. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足: The method according to claim 37, wherein the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100010
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100010
    or,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100011
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100011
    or,
    K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100012
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述K s满足公式: Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and the K s satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100013
    其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100013
    Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  40. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein determining the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information comprises:
    第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
    [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
    =mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repeated resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
    [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
    =mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the number of nominal repetition resources. The period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is a nominal repetitive resource The number of symbols, and n is the number of the nominal repeated resource.
  41. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein determining the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information comprises:
    第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
    [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
    =mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
    [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
    =mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)其中,所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的系统帧的 编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) where the M is represented by the time domain of the first nominal repeat resource The resource offset is determined, the M1 is the number of time slots contained in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, the number of the system frame where the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located, and P is a number of nominal The period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is a nominal repetitive resource The number of symbols, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  42. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state Associating with at least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI满足如下预设条件的情况下,释放所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to release the authorization of at least one set of configuration of the second type associated with the first state when the DCI meets the following preset conditions, and the preset conditions include:
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为0,以及所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations of the second type configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 0, and the frequency domain in the DCI The value of the resource allocation FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为1,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of the authorization of a set of second type configurations, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type configurations is 1, and the FDRA field in the DCI The value of is all 1s; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同,且所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,以及所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorization of the second type of configuration, and the resource allocation type of the authorization of the set of second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the FDRA in the DCI The value of the domain is all 1s; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 0; or,
    所述DCI中的第一域的取值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同,所述DCI中的FDRA域的值为全1。The value of the first field in the DCI is different from the index of any set of authorization of the second type configuration, and the value of the FDRA field in the DCI is all 1.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,The communication device according to claim 42, wherein the set of authorization for the second type of configuration is a set of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Authorization; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  44. 如权利要求42或43所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The communication device according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is one of the indexes of authorization of the plurality of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Minimum index or maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  45. 如权利要求42-43任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 42-43, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
  46. 如权利要求45所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The communication device according to claim 45, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的上行共享信道UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
  47. 如权利要求42-46任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The communication device according to any one of claims 42-46, wherein the first RNTI comprises a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  48. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示所述释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type of configuration associated with the state in the release state set, and the DCI is added by the first RNTI And the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的第一域的取值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,且所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足预设条件,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中,所述预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to: in the case where the value of the first field in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type, and the frequency domain resource allocation in the DCI meets the value of the FDRA field The preset condition determines that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration, where the preset condition includes:
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type configuration is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  49. 如权利要求48所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为终端配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,The communication device according to claim 48, wherein the authorization for the second type of configuration is one of the authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal. Authorization; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  50. 如权利要求48或49所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The communication device according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type of configuration is one of the indexes of authorization of the plurality of the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Minimum index or maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  51. 如权利要求48-50任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The communication device according to any one of claims 48-50, wherein the first RNTI comprises a configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  52. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示第一状态,所述DCI被第一RNTI加扰,且所述DCI的新数据指示NDI域的值为0;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information and downlink control information DCI from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, each of the at least one state The state is associated with at least one set of authorization of the second type of configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the first state, the DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, and the new data of the DCI indicates that the value of the NDI field is 0;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预 设条件的情况下,确定所述DCI不用于释放第二类配置的授权,其中,预设条件包括:The processing unit is configured to determine that the DCI is not used to release the authorization of the second type of configuration when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions. The conditions include:
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA的取值是根据特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定的,其中,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为非全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the first state includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA is determined according to the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration , Wherein the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is not all 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1, The value of the FDRA field is not all 1s; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为非全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second type configurations associated with the first state include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 1; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second configuration associated with the first state are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  53. 如权利要求52所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The communication device according to claim 52, wherein the authorized index of the specific second-type configuration is the smallest index among the authorized indexes of the plurality of second-type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device Or the largest index; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  54. 如权利要求52或53所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。The communication device according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  55. 如权利要求52-54任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一RNTI包括配置的调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI。The communication device according to any one of claims 52-54, wherein the first RNTI comprises a configured scheduling wireless network temporary identifier CS-RNTI.
  56. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI用于释放第二类配置的授权;The transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state is associated At least one set of authorization for the second type of configuration, and the DCI is used to release the authorization for the second type of configuration;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述DCI中的第一域的值与一套第二类配置的授权的索引相同的情况下,确定所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下预设条件:The processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies the following conditions when the value of the first domain in the DCI is the same as the index of a set of authorizations configured for the second type Pre-conditions:
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1,或者;The authorized resource allocation type of the second set of configurations is type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1, or;
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为全1。The authorized resource allocation type of the second type of configuration is a dynamic type, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权中的一套第二类配置的授权;或者,The communication device according to claim 56, wherein the set of authorizations for the second type of configuration is a second set of authorizations for the second type of configuration configured by the network device for the terminal device. Authorization of class configuration; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权为所述第一状态所关联的第二类配置授权中的一套第二类配置的授权。The authorization of the second type of configuration is a set of authorization of the second type of the configuration of the second type associated with the first state.
  58. 如权利要求56或57所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The communication device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein the index of the authorization of the second type configuration is one of the indexes of the authorization of the plurality of second type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device. Minimum index or maximum index; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The authorized index of the set of second type configurations is the smallest index or the largest index among the authorized indexes of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述一套第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule in the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state.
  59. 如权利要求56-58任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 56-58, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的调制编码方案MCS域的值为全1,以及所述DCI的冗余版本RV域的值为全0。The value of the MCS field of the modulation and coding scheme in the DCI is all 1s, and the value of the RV field of the redundancy version of the DCI is all 0s.
  60. 如权利要求59所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述预设条件还包括:The communication device according to claim 59, wherein the preset condition further comprises:
    所述DCI中的上行共享信道UL-SCH域的值为全0。The value of the UL-SCH field of the uplink shared channel in the DCI is all 0s.
  61. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元,用于向终端设备发送配置信息和下行控制信息DCI,所述配置信息用于配置释放状态集,所述释放状态集包括至少一个状态,所述至少一个状态中的每个状态关联至少一套第二类配置的授权,所述DCI的第一域指示所述释放状态集中的状态所关联的一套或多套第二类配置的授权;The transceiver unit is configured to send configuration information and downlink control information DCI to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a release state set, the release state set includes at least one state, and each state of the at least one state Associating at least one set of authorizations of the second type configuration, the first field of the DCI indicates the authorization of one or more sets of the second type configuration associated with the states in the release state set;
    所述处理单元,用于确定所述DCI中的频域资源分配FDRA域的值满足如下任意一种预设条件:The processing unit is configured to determine that the value of the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in the DCI satisfies any one of the following preset conditions:
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0,且不包括类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and does not include type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型1,且不包括类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 1, and does not include type 0, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA的取值是根据特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型确定的,其中,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型0,所述FDRA域的值为全0,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型为类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The at least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first domain includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA is the authorized resource allocation according to the specific second type configuration The type is determined, wherein the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 0, the value of the FDRA field is all 0, and the authorized resource allocation type of the specific second type configuration is type 1. The value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全0;或者,The authorized resource allocation type of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field includes at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型至少包括类型0和类型1,所述FDRA域的值为全1;或者,The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of second-type configurations associated with the state indicated by the first field include at least type 0 and type 1, and the value of the FDRA field is all 1; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全0;或者,At least one set of authorized resource allocation types of the second type configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all 0; or,
    所述第一域指示的状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的资源分配类型都为动态类型,所述FDRA域的值为非全1。The authorized resource allocation types of at least one set of the second type of configuration associated with the state indicated by the first field are all dynamic types, and the value of the FDRA field is not all ones.
  62. 如权利要求61所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或者最大索引;或者,The communication device according to claim 61, wherein the authorized index of the specific second-type configuration is the smallest index among the authorized indexes of the plurality of second-type configurations configured by the network device for the terminal device Or the largest index; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引为所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中的最小索引或最大索引;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration is the smallest index or the largest index among the at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration associated with the first state; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述网络设备为终端设备配置的多套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则;或者,The specific authorized index of the second type of configuration satisfies a preset rule among the multiple sets of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration configured for the terminal device by the network device; or,
    所述特定的第二类配置的授权的索引在所述第一状态关联的至少一套第二类配置的授权的索引中满足预设规则。The specific authorized index of the second type configuration satisfies a preset rule among at least one set of authorized indexes of the second type configuration associated with the first state.
  63. 如权利要求61或62所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI中的第一域的值与任意一套第二类配置的授权的索引不相同。The communication device according to claim 61 or 62, wherein the value of the first field in the DCI is different from any set of authorized indexes of the second type of configuration.
  64. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置时域资源,所述配置信息包括周期参数,所述周期参数用于指示多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期;The transceiving unit is configured to receive configuration information from a network device, the configuration information is used to configure time domain resources, the configuration information includes a period parameter, and the period parameter is used to indicate that multiple nominal repetitive resources are in the time domain Repetition period;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,并根据所述第一名义重复资源的时域位置确定第一实际重复资源的时域位置;The processing unit is configured to determine the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource according to the configuration information, and determine the time domain position of the first actual repeated resource according to the time domain position of the first nominal repeated resource;
    所述收发单元还用于在所述第一实际重复资源上发送数据。The transceiving unit is further configured to send data on the first actual repetitive resource.
  65. 如权利要求64所述的通信装置,其特征在于,根据所述时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The communication device according to claim 64, wherein determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource comprises:
    根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the period size P and the period number m, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the nth nominal repetition resource is in the start time slot The starting symbol;
    根据周期大小P以及周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot are determined according to the period size P and the period number m.
  66. 如权利要求65所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100014
    The communication device according to claim 65, wherein the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100014
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource Number.
  67. 如权利要求65或66所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S+n×L+m×P,N);The communication device according to claim 65 or 66, wherein the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period in the start time slot satisfies the formula: mod (S+n×L+m×P,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, S is the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  68. 如权利要求65-67任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100015
    The communication device according to any one of claims 65-67, wherein the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100015
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一 个名义重复资源的符号数,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 Where N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the start time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource. serial number.
  69. 如权利要求65-68任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:The communication device according to any one of claims 65-68, wherein the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the n-th nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period satisfies the formula:
    mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);mod(S+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,S为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数。Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, S is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource.
  70. 如权利要求66或68所述的通信装置,其特征在于,K s是根据所述配置信息中的时域资源偏置参数确定的。 The communication device according to claim 66 or 68, wherein K s is determined according to a time domain resource offset parameter in the configuration information.
  71. 如权利要求70所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,所述K s满足: The communication device according to claim 70, wherein the configuration information is used to configure authorization of the first type of configuration, and the K s satisfies:
    K s等于为首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置;或者, K s is equal to the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repeated resource; or,
    K s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,所述第一帧的编号为
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100016
    所述第一时隙的编号为mod(M,M1),所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数。
    K s is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, and the number of the first frame is
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100016
    The number of the first time slot is mod(M, M1), the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, and the M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame.
  72. 如权利要求70所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,所述K s满足公式: The communication device according to claim 70, wherein the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and the K s satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100017
    其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100017
    Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  73. 如权利要求64所述的通信装置,其特征在于,根据所述时域资源的周期确定名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The communication device according to claim 64, wherein determining the time domain position of the nominal repetitive resource according to the period of the time domain resource comprises:
    根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号所在的起始时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号;According to the number m of the period, determine the start time slot where the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the mth period is located, and the start symbol of the nth nominal repetition resource in the start time slot ;
    根据周期的编号m确定第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号所在的结束时隙,以及所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号。The end time slot where the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period is located is determined according to the number m of the period, and the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the end time slot is determined.
  74. 如权利要求73所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100018
    The communication device according to claim 73, wherein the number of the starting time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100018
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is The size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  75. 如权利要求73或74所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述起始时隙内的起始符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+n×L,N); The communication device according to claim 73 or 74, wherein the number of the start symbol in the start time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod (S m +n×L,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the starting symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  76. 如权利要求73-75任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束时隙的编号满足公式:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100019
    The communication device according to any one of claims 73-75, wherein the number of the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100019
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,K m.s是第m个周期内的首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, K ms is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m is the m-th period. The number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in a period, S m satisfies the formula: mod(S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, P is more The period size of the repetition period of a nominal repetition resource in the time domain.
  77. 如权利要求73-76任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第m个周期内的所述第n个名义重复资源在所述结束时隙内的结束符号的编号满足公式:mod(S m+(n+1)×L-1,N); The communication device according to any one of claims 73-76, wherein the number of the end symbol in the end time slot of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the mth period satisfies the formula: mod (S m +(n+1)×L-1,N);
    其中,N为每个时隙内的符号数,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,S m为第m个周期内的第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,S m满足公式:mod(S+m×P,N),S为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,P为多个名义重复资源在时域上的重复周期的周期大小。 Among them, N is the number of symbols in each time slot, L is the number of symbols of a nominal repetitive resource, S m is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource in the m-th period, and S m satisfies the formula: mod (S+m×P,N), S is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and P is the period size of the repetition period of multiple nominal repetitive resources in the time domain.
  78. 如权利要求74或76所述的通信装置,其特征在于,K m.s是根据所述配置信息中的时域资源偏置以及周期大小确定的。 The communication device according to claim 74 or 76, wherein K ms is determined according to the time domain resource offset and the period size in the configuration information.
  79. 如权利要求78所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第一类配置的授权,K m.s满足: The communication device according to claim 78, wherein the configuration information is used to configure authorization of the first type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100020
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100020
    or,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100021
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100021
    or,
    K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100022
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定的,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为一个时隙内包括的符号数。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in one frame, and the N is the number of symbols included in one time slot.
  80. 如权利要求78所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述配置信息用于配置第二类配置的授权,K m.s满足: The communication device according to claim 78, wherein the configuration information is used to configure the authorization of the second type of configuration, and K ms satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100023
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100023
    or,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100024
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100024
    or,
    K m.s为第一帧中的第一时隙的编号,其中,第一帧的帧号为: K ms is the number of the first time slot in the first frame, where the frame number of the first frame is:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100025
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100025
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述K s满足公式: Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetitive resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, and the K s satisfies the formula:
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100026
    其中,n 0为接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的时隙,u pusch是物理上行共享信道PUSCH的子载波间隔配置,u pdcch是物理下行控制信道PDCCH的子载波间隔配置。
    Figure PCTCN2020073655-appb-100026
    Among them, n 0 is the time slot where the received downlink control information DCI is located, u pusch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and u pdcch is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  81. 如权利要求64所述的通信装置,其特征在于,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义重复资源的时域位置,包括:The communication device according to claim 64, wherein determining the time domain position of the first nominal repetitive resource according to the configuration information comprises:
    第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
    [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
    =mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
    [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslmt index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslmt index ×N)+esymbol index ]
    =mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)=mod(M×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    其中,所述M是由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号。Wherein, the M is determined by the time domain resource offset of the first nominal repetition resource, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, and P is the number of nominal repetition resources. The period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, and L is a nominal repetitive resource The number of symbols, and n is the number of the nominal repeated resource.
  82. 如权利要求64所述的通信装置,其特征在于,根据所述配置信息确定第一名义 重复资源的时域位置,包括:The communication device according to claim 64, wherein determining the time domain position of the first nominal repetitive resource according to the configuration information comprises:
    第一个名义重复资源的起始符号的符号索引ssymbol index,以及所述起始符号所在的系统帧的帧号sSFN和所述起始符号所在的时隙的时隙索引sslot index满足: The symbol index ssymbol index of the start symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number sSFN of the system frame where the start symbol is located, and the time slot index sslot index of the time slot where the start symbol is located satisfy:
    [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index×N)+ssymbol index] [(sSFN×M1×N)+(sslot index ×N)+ssymbol index ]
    =mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N) =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S1+n×L+m×P,1024×M1×N)
    第一个名义重复资源的结束符号的符号索引esymbol index,以及所述结束符号所在的系统帧的帧号eSFN和所述结束符号所在的时隙的时隙索引eslot index满足: The symbol index esymbol index of the end symbol of the first nominal repetitive resource, the frame number eSFN of the system frame where the end symbol is located, and the time slot index eslot index of the time slot where the end symbol is located satisfy:
    [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index×N)+esymbol index] [(eSFN×M1×N)+(eslot index ×N)+esymbol index ]
    =mod(SFN start×M1×N+K s×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N)其中,所述M由首个名义重复资源的时域资源偏置确定,所述M1为一个帧包含的时隙数,所述N为每个时隙内的符号数,SFN start接收的下行控制信息DCI所在的系统帧的编号,P为多个名义重复资源的重复周期的周期大小,m为周期的编号,S1为第n个名义重复资源的起始符号的编号,S2为第n个名义重复资源的结束符号的编号,L为一个名义重复资源的符号数,n为名义重复资源的编号,K s为首个名义重复资源的起始时隙的编号。 =mod(SFN start ×M1×N+K s ×N+S2+(n+1)×L-1+m×P,1024×M1×N) where the M is represented by the time domain of the first nominal repeat resource The resource offset is determined, the M1 is the number of time slots included in a frame, the N is the number of symbols in each time slot, the number of the system frame where the downlink control information DCI received by SFN start is located, and P is a number of nominal The period size of the repetition period of the repetitive resource, m is the number of the period, S1 is the number of the start symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, S2 is the number of the end symbol of the nth nominal repetitive resource, L is a nominal repetitive resource The number of symbols, n is the number of the nominal repetitive resource, and K s is the number of the starting time slot of the first nominal repetitive resource.
  83. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1~6、7~10、11~14、15~19、20~22或23~41中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored on the memory, so that the device executes such as The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, 7 to 10, 11 to 14, 15 to 19, 20 to 22, or 23 to 41.
  84. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求42~47、48~51或52~55或64~82之一的通信装置,和如权利要求56~60或61~63之一的通信装置。A communication system characterized by comprising a communication device according to one of claims 42-47, 48-51 or 52-55 or 64-82, and a communication device according to one of claims 56-60 or 61-63 .
  85. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被通信装置执行时,使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~6、7~10、11~14、15~19、20~22或23~41中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, which when executed by a communication device, causes the communication device to execute claims 1 to 6, 7 to The method described in any one of 10, 11-14, 15-19, 20-22, or 23-41.
  86. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被通信装置执行时,使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~6、7~10、11~14、15~19、20~22或23~41中任意一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a communication device, it causes the communication device to execute as claimed in claims 1 to 6, 7 to 10, and 11 to 14. The method of any one of 15-19, 20-22, or 23-41.
PCT/CN2020/073655 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 Communication method and device WO2021146968A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/073655 WO2021146968A1 (en) 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 Communication method and device
CN202080086825.3A CN114830816A (en) 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 Communication method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/073655 WO2021146968A1 (en) 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021146968A1 true WO2021146968A1 (en) 2021-07-29

Family

ID=76992810

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/073655 WO2021146968A1 (en) 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114830816A (en)
WO (1) WO2021146968A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019215888A1 (en) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 株式会社Nttドコモ User terminal and wireless communication method
CN110475374A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and communication device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019215888A1 (en) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 株式会社Nttドコモ User terminal and wireless communication method
CN110475374A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and communication device

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO, INC: "Summary of 7.2.6.6 Enhanced UL configured grant transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1907662, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, 17 May 2019 (2019-05-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 38, XP051739950 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Enhanced Grant-Free Transmissions for eURLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1912964, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, Nevada, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 9 November 2019 (2019-11-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051823726 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "PUSCH Enhancements for eURLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1907283 PUSCH ENHANCEMENTS FOR EURLLC, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, Nevada, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051728723 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114830816A (en) 2022-07-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109392152B (en) Communication method and communication device
TWI713402B (en) Method and device for service transmission
US11032778B2 (en) Uplink channel power allocation method and apparatus
CN108029120B (en) Method for indicating resources allocated to HARQ messages in a random access procedure for a low complexity narrowband terminal
US20220304059A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Sharing Channel Occupancy Time on Unlicensed Spectrum
WO2020087365A1 (en) Methods and devices for sending and configuring sidelink data
WO2016049890A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
CN109428680B (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving uplink data
EP4184969A1 (en) Physical downlink control channel enhancement method, communication device, and system
US20150195854A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for contention based transmission
CN111770577B (en) Method and device for determining transmission resources
CN113068259B (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2021032015A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
CN109672506A (en) The confirmation method and equipment of data transmission
US20220256557A1 (en) Communication apparatuses and communication methods for dci for v2x communication apparatuses
WO2020200176A1 (en) Transmission resource determination method and apparatus
CN109996334B (en) Information indication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2019137011A1 (en) Communication method and uplink resource determination method
WO2020233370A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021017765A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022077396A1 (en) Uplink control information sending method and receiving method, and communication apparatus
CN114223165B (en) Method and device for determining repeated transmission resources
WO2021146968A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN114390698A (en) Data transmission method, device, medium and program product
CN113939019A (en) Communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20915517

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20915517

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1